HomeMy WebLinkAboutCity Council Committees - Economic and Community Development - 01/10/2022
Unless otherwise noted, the Economic and Community Development Committee meets at 4
p.m. on the second Monday of each month in the Kent City Hall , Council Chambers, 220
Fourth Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032.
For additional information please contact Rhonda Bylin at 253-856-5457 or
Rbylin@kentwa.gov.
Any person requiring a disability accommodation should contact the City Clerk’s Office at
253-856-5725 in advance. For TDD relay service call Washington Telecommunications Relay
Service at 7-1-1.
Economic and Community
Development Committee
Monday, January 10, 2022
4:00 PM
Chambers
Masks are required regardless of vaccination status.
To listen to this meeting,
call 1-888-475-4499 or 1-877-853-5257
and enter Meeting ID 863 1581 9764
Chair Toni Troutner
Councilmember Marli Larimer Councilmember Zandria Michaud
**************************************************************
Item Description Action Speaker Time
1. Call to Order Chair 01 MIN.
2. Roll Call Chair 01 MIN.
3. Agenda Approval Chair 01 MIN.
4. Approval of Minutes YES Chair 01 MIN.
A. Approval of November 8,
2021 Minutes
YES Chair 05 MIN.
5. Business
A. Downtown Kent Business
Activity
NO John Hinds, Kent
Station
Gaila Haas, KDP
20 MIN.
B. Update on build out of
Trusted Community Partner
Network
NO Michelle Wilmot 15 MIN.
C. Kent Valley Food
Entrepreneurship Center
Feasibility Study Results
NO Bill Ellis 15 MIN.
Economic and Community Development Committee
CC ECDC Regular Meeting
January 10, 2022
6. Adjournment Chair 01 MIN.
Page 1 of 3
Pending Approval
Economic and Community
Development Committee
CC ECDC Regular Meeting
Minutes
November 8, 2021
Date: November 8, 2021
Time: 4:01 p.m.
Place: Chambers
Attending: Bill Boyce, Committee Chair
Marli Larimer, Councilmember
Zandria Michaud, Councilmember
Agenda:
1. Call to Order 4:01 p.m.
2. Roll Call
Attendee Name Title Status Arrived
Bill Boyce Committee Chair Present
Marli Larimer Councilmember Present
Zandria Michaud Councilmember Present
3. Agenda Approval
Mover: Marli Larmer
2nd: Zandria Michaud
Approved Unanimously
4. Approval of Minutes
A. Approval of Minutes dated October 11, 2021
MOTION: Move to approve the Minutes dated October 11, 2021
RESULT: APPROVED [UNANIMOUS]
MOVER: Zandria Michaud, Councilmember
SECONDER: Marli Larimer, Councilmember
AYES: Boyce, Larimer, Michaud
5. Business
A. 2021 Annual Docket Report
In accordance with 12.02.025 Kent City Code (KCC), Planning staff
coordinates on an annual basis a list (“docket”) of changes suggested by the
public or staff to the comprehensive plan and development regulations. The
2021 Annual Docket lists site-specific requests that will be forwarded to the
City Council for action in 2022 and also provides a list of other code
amendment projects that ECD staff propose to pursue in 2022.
4.A
Packet Pg. 3 Minutes Acceptance: Minutes of Nov 8, 2021 4:00 PM (Approval of Minutes)
Economic and Community Development
Committee CC ECDC Regular Meeting
Minutes
November 8, 2021
Kent, Washington
Page 2 of 3
Because some items as presented on the docket today have some major
aspect yet to be determined, we would like to present the docket as written
to council at the first meeting in December, rather than the one upcoming
next week.
MOTION: Approve/Deny/Modify the staff recommendation to move
forward to the City Council the 2021 Annual Docket
RESULT: RECOMMENDED TO COUNCIL [UNANIMOUS] Next: 11/10/2021
5:30 PM
MOVER: Marli Larimer, Councilmember
SECONDER: Zandria Michaud, Councilmember
AYES: Boyce, Larimer, Michaud
B. Appointment to Lodging Tax Advisory Committee
Michelle Wilmot presents to the committee the case for reappointing Gaila
Haas, executive director of the Kent Downtown Partnership, to a new 3 year
term as a member of the Lodging Tax Advisory Committee (LTAC).
Gaila assumed her position on the committee by taking over the vacancy left
when the previous executive director retired. She has served for less than 3
years in that capacity and thus is eligible to serve two more full terms, even
considering the new rules governing Committee, Boards and Commissions
membership.
The LTAC is a committee whose make up is proscribed by state statute prior
to any additional rules its local leadership might impose. This makes it an
especially challenging committee to recruit for, as evidenced by the two
current open spots, and the long tenure of the existing members, all of
whom would be ineligible to serve again, unless protracted recruitment
efforts fail to produce a new and appropriately qualified member.
The challenge of populating this particular committee is one of many reasons
to re-appointment Gaila Haas, who does indeed hope to continue serving in
this capacity.
MOTION: I move to appoint Gaila Haas to the Lodging Tax Advisory
Committee for a 3-year term starting on January 1, 2022 and ending
December 31, 2024.
4.A
Packet Pg. 4 Minutes Acceptance: Minutes of Nov 8, 2021 4:00 PM (Approval of Minutes)
Economic and Community Development
Committee CC ECDC Regular Meeting
Minutes
November 8, 2021
Kent, Washington
Page 3 of 3
RESULT: RECOMMENDED TO COUNCIL [UNANIMOUS] Next: 11/16/2021
7:00 PM
MOVER: Zandria Michaud, Councilmember
SECONDER: Marli Larimer, Councilmember
AYES: Boyce, Larimer, Michaud
C. Information Only: Rental Housing Inspection Program Update
Current Planning Manager Erin George presented an update on the 3 year old
Rental Housing Inspection Program (RHIP). RHIP continues to work with
properties around the city to wrap up inspections, permits and repairs from
each property’s first inspection year. All multi-family properties in NE Hill
were inspected from the 2019 inspection year and only 5 properties have
lingering repairs to finish. All but one property in West Hill/Valley (2020)
were inspected and 13 remaining properties are working through repairs.
44% of SE Hill properties (2021) have been inspected so far. The SE Hill
sector is twice as big as the other sectors and we will spend 2022 working
with remaining properties to achieve compliance.
RHIP has proven its value despite multiple challenges it has faced since
implementation. These include the difficulty in communicating with all
landlords and property managers - a diverse and far flung group ranging
from huge multinational corporations to sole proprietor or family LLCs.
Putting together that data set was far more time consuming and difficult than
anticipated. Covid also presented multiple challenges including health and
safety concerns related to the need for in person inspections, contractor
delays and financial challenges for landlords.
Over 2,400 units have been inspected in the program’s first 3 years.
Thousands of health and safety issues have been repaired and hundreds of
tenants have been helped by this important program whose goal was to
address life safety issues in the rental housing market, but whose challenge
was to achieve that without significantly impacting affordability of that
housing for tenants.
6. Adjournment 4:48 p.m.
Chair Boyce adjourned the meeting at 4:48 pm.
Rhonda Bylin
Committee Secretary
4.A
Packet Pg. 5 Minutes Acceptance: Minutes of Nov 8, 2021 4:00 PM (Approval of Minutes)
ECONOMIC AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Kurt Hanson, AICP, EDFP
220 Fourth Avenue South
Kent, WA 98032
253-856-5454
DATE: January 10, 2022
TO: Economic and Community Development Committee
SUBJECT: Downtown Kent Business Activity
SUMMARY: Over the past two years King County’s small businesses have been
staggered by the COVID pandemic. Countywide, over 1000 restaurants and bars
have permanently closed and employment in the leisure and hospitality sectors has
dropped 23 percent. Layoffs reflect that many small businesses in these sectors (or
dependent on these sectors) were heavily impacted.
While Kent currently does not have an accurate way to track business closures, our
partners at Kent Station and the Kent Downtown Partnership have not indicated
closures at a discernable rate.
In fact, Kent Station now has the lowest vacancy rate in its history since opening in
2005.
Kent Station’s General Manager John Hinds will report on Kent Station’s leasing
activity, how they’ve weathered the pandemic and their outlook for the shopping
center in 2022.
Likewise, COVID has presented challenges for non-profits like the Kent Downtown
Partnership given much of their work, and revenues to support their operations, has
been event-based.
Their Executive Director Gaila Haas will report on the activities occurring in historic
downtown, their approach to supporting merchants, and plans for the year ahead.
It should be noted that Both Gaila, and Kent Station Marketing Manager Cynthia
Boyd have been tremendous partners to the City during the pandemic. They’ve
extended the City’s outreach abilities greatly by sharing ever-changing information,
and new resources for support with their tenants and members.
SUPPORTS STRATEGIC PLAN GOAL:
Thriving City - Creating safe neighborhoods, healthy people, vibrant commercial districts, and
inviting parks and recreation.
5.A
Packet Pg. 6
Sustainable Services - Providing quality services through responsible financial management,
economic growth, and partnerships.
Inclusive Community - Embracing our diversity and advancing equity through genuine community
engagement.
5.A
Packet Pg. 7
ECONOMIC AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Kurt Hanson, AICP, EDFP
220 Fourth Avenue South
Kent, WA 98032
253-856-5454
DATE: January 10, 2022
TO: Economic and Community Development Committee
SUBJECT: Update on build out of Trusted Community Partner Network
SUMMARY: Based in part on Kent’s strong results reaching business owners with
grant/resource information during the pandemic, staff is assisting the Port of
Seattle and the Seattle Metropolitan Chamber of Commerce efforts to establish a
county-wide Trusted Community Partner Network (TCPN) which aims help small
businesses get the critical help and resources they need to survive.
For background, the Port of Seattle’s Economic Development Division is responsible
for spurring the regional economy, sustaining, and creating family-wage jobs by
supporting small businesses and workforce development.
Likewise, the Seattle Chamber is King County’s Associate Development
Organization (ADO) which is funded in part by the Washington State Department of
Commerce and is tasked further the region’s economic development goals.
This TCPN will support significant outreach/technical assistance at time when
federal resources for recovery are flowing to states and local communities and
prevents duplication of efforts and leverages capacity of current small business
advisors/lenders/etc.
Kent staff is sharing its experience gained and connections fostered with local non-
profits who were instrumental in its efforts to connect with the most difficult-to-
reach business owners during the ongoing pandemic.
The TCPN aims to:
1. Provide culturally knowledgeable advisors to help businesses in underserved
communities
2. Provide comprehensive outreach to ensure recovery resources are equitably
accessed
3. Share costs so limited resources can be leveraged
4. Assist cities in tapping into resources to help businesses of all shapes, sizes,
and ethnic backgrounds
5. Leverage other organizations providing resources to small businesses.
Local organizations with the most experience and expertise will be considered and
vetted as trusted members in the TCPN.
5.B
Packet Pg. 8
Planning is underway to convene these potential partners this month.
SUPPORTS STRATEGIC PLAN GOAL:
Evolving Infrastructure - Connecting people and places through strategic investments in physical
and technological infrastructure.
Thriving City - Creating safe neighborhoods, healthy people, vibrant commercial districts, and
inviting parks and recreation.
Sustainable Services - Providing quality services through responsible financial management,
economic growth, and partnerships.
Inclusive Community - Embracing our diversity and advancing equity through genuine community
engagement.
ATTACHMENTS:
1. trusted community navigator business plan (PDF)
5.B
Packet Pg. 9
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 10 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Challenge:
Recession and
Equity Crisis
Growing
Among Small
Business
Over the past two years King County’s
small businesses have been staggered
by the COVID pandemic:.
•Layoffs reflect that many small businesses in these sectors (or
dependent on these sectors) were heavily impacted
•BIPOC businesses were disproportionately impacted by
COVID yet near or at the end of the line in terms of accessing
resources to support relief/recovery
1000+restaurants and bars permanently
shut down in King County
-23%Drop in Leisure
and Hospitality
employment
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 11 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Trusted
Community
Partner
Network
•Provides 10-15+ “Navigators”across King
County to help small businesses get the
critical help and resources they need to
survive
•Supports significant outreach/technical
assistance at time when federal resources
for recovery are flowing to states and local
communities
•Initiative built on successful community-
based outreach conducted when first round
of federal relief funding was distributed
•Prevents duplication of efforts and
leverages capacity of current small business
advisors/lenders/etc.
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 12 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Josephina from Burien needs
a working capital loan to fully
reopen her catering company
Assad needs city permitting
assistance to support his
retail clothing store in Kent
Joe and Tina need help to grow
online sales for their wine
bar/bistro café in North Bend
Benjie needs to hire employees
and secure funding to support
his metal fab shop in Shoreline
How Can I Help?
Cómo puedo ayudar?
Sideen ku caawin karaa?
Paano Ko Kayo Matutulungan?
Community Development
Lending Institutions
Federal ARRA Recovery
Funding
Banks and other lenders
Minority Business
Development Centers
Chambers of Commerce
and Neighborhood
Business Districts
SCORE, Startup 425 and
other business advisors
Small Business
Development Centers
Workforce Training and
Placement Partners
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 13 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Why
1.Provides culturally knowledgeable advisors
helping businesses in our underserved
communities.
2.Comprehensive outreach works to ensure
recovery resources are equitably accessed
3.Sharing costs can leverage limited
resources
4.Cities can tap into resources to help
businesses of all shapes, sizes, and ethnic
backgrounds
5.The TCPN leverages other organizations
providing resources to small businesses.
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 14 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Funding and
Sustaining the
Navigators
•We are asking the Cities to partner
with the Chamber and Port to fund
and help sustain the TCPN
•We are proposing a per cap funding
formula where cities provide per
capital funding for two years (based on
2021 population estimates. Funding
would be capped at $50,000/year
•Cities can use Federal ARPA funding,
Port grant funding or general fund
resources to support this regional
partnership
•Funding partnership would generate
approximately $900,000 annually to
support navigation services
Algona $ 3,265 Federal Way $50,000 North Bend $ 7,700
Auburn (part)$50,000 Hunts Point $ 425 Pacific (part)$ 6,960
Beaux Arts Village $ 300 Issaquah $39,840 Redmond $50,000
Bellevue $50,000 Kenmore $23,770 Renton $50,000
Black Diamond $ 5,990 Kent $50,000 Sammamish $50,000
Bothell (part)$30,000 Kirkland $50,000 SeaTac $29,890
Burien $50,000 Lake Forest Park $13,370 Shoreline
$50,000
Carnation $ 2,285 Maple Valley $27,570 Skykomish $ 210
Clyde Hill $ 3,055 Medina $ 3,335 Snoqualmie $14,370
Covington $20,890 Mercer Island $24,990 Tukwila $21,970
Des Moines $32,820 Milton (part)$ 1,615 Woodinville $12,800
Duvall $ 8,090 Newcastle $ 13,410 Yarrow Point $ 1,030
Enumclaw (part)$ 13,030 Normandy Park $ 6,740 Chamber $100,000
TOTAL $969,720*
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 15 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
1.Language and Geography Considerations
2.Navigator Partner Options
3.Scope of Service examples
4.Budget assumptions
5.Scaling Options
6.Contracting and Scaling Considerations
7.Technology Backbone Options
8.Community Engagement Considerations
9.Implementation Timeline
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 16 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Language & Geography Considerations
Top Ten Languages
Spanish
Chinese
Vietnamese
Somali
Russian
Korean
Ukranian
Tagalog
Amharic
Arabic
Small/Rural
Pacific
Algona
Enumclaw
Black Diamond
Maple Valley
North Bend
Duvall
Carnation
Snoqualmie
Skykomish
•Most navigator resources
will help businesses
whose communities
speak the following
languages
•Navigators should be
geographically based
closest to the largest
populations of
businesses they are
selected to serve
•A robust technology
backbone will allow
other more distant small
businesses to access
resources
•Some navigators
will also be
selected to
support
businesses in
smaller cities and
towns.
•A robust
technology
backbone will
allow other more
distant small
businesses to
access resources
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 17 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Community Partners Providing Business Navigation Services
Navigator Organization Language Proficiencies
El Centro Del La Raza Spanish
Seattle Southside Chamber of Commerce Spanish, French, Vietnamese (Arabic &
Somali by request)
Indian American Community Services Eight South Asian languages
African Chamber of Commerce Amharic, Kiswahili, Oromo, Somali
&Tigrinya
Startzone Spanish
Muslim Association of Puget Sound Arabic
Seattle WA State Korean Association Korean
World Relief Bengali, Burmese, Russian, Ukranian,
Bulgarian, Nepali, Hindu, Urdu, Turkish,
Mandarin, Swahili, etc.
Filippino Community of Seattle Filipino dialects
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 18 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
The Scope of Services Offered:
Shoreline and Kent Navigator Examples
City of Shoreline Business Outreach Consultant City of Kent Navigator CBO Service Agreement
The City of Kent will also utilize support from CBOs to assist foreign language
speaking business owners to complete their grant applications online in English as
required by the CDFI.
1.CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the City of Kent the following services:
•Outreach and marketing support via the CONTRACTOR’s
available channels/methods to help ensure foreign
language speaking business owners are aware of the
grant opportunity.
•Allow their name, email address and best-contact phone
number to be included on translated flyer as a source for
support for foreign language speaking business owners.
•Assist foreign language speaking business owners
utilizing a translated application as a resource to
complete grant applications online in English at
KentWA.gov/BusinessGrant by the deadline.
The Business Outreach Consultant will help support the City of Shoreline in
identifying areas of need to support the Shoreline business community.
•Cultivate ongoing relationships and better understand
local business needs especially in light of challenges of
COVID-19 and economic recovery.
•Contact small business owners and managers including:
o Businesspeople who are Black, Indigenous, or
People of Color,
o Located in (or seeking) ground-floor commercial
spaces within mixed-use buildings,
o Located in one of the City’s commercial zones,
o Office, health, and other employers that add to the
daytime population in the City, and
o Home-based businesses.
•Make resource referrals to services like the SBDC, CDFIs,
grants, and other relief measures.
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 19 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Budget Assumptions and Navigator Metrics
Cost Per Navigator
Hourly rate $ 30.00 $ 40.00 (with benefits)
Targeted No. of Hours per week 20 20
Weekly cost estimate per NAV $ 600.00 $ 800.00
Monthly cost estimate per NAV $ 2,400.00 $ 3,200.00
Annual Cost Estimate per NAV $ 28,800.00 $ 38,400.00
Monthly Small Business Referrals/Navigator
Target No. of BIZ contacts per month 50
Target No. of BIZ getting 1:1 counseling (1 hr.)20
Target No. of BIZ receiving 4+ hrs assistance 8
Target No. Referrals to Network Resource Partners 10
Annual Contacts/Referrals/Cases 600/120/96
$38,400/year for each navigator
600 BIZ contacts/year for each navigator
120 BIZ referrals/year to resource partners
96 in-depth BIZ assistance cases/year
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 20 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Scaling the TCPN
Pilot
Duration 12-24 mos
# of Navigators 10-15
NAV Cost $384-576k
Tech backbone $50k
Admin/acct/mktg $50-100k
TOTAL $ per year $484-726k
SM BIZ contacts 6000-9000/yr
SM BIZ referrals 1200-1800/yr
Funding Partners SMCC, POS,
Cities
2nd Phase
Duration 12-18 mos*
# of Navigators 15
NAV Cost $576k
Tech backbone $100k
Admin/acct/mktg $150k
TOTAL $ per year $826k
SM BIZ contacts 9000/yr
SM BIZ referrals 1800/yr
Funding Partners SMCC, POS,
Cities
Full Operations
Duration 12-24 mos*
# of Navigators 15+
NAV Cost 576k
Tech backbone $150k
Admin/acct/mktg 200k
TOTAL $ per year $926k
SM BIZ contacts 9000/yr
SM BIZ referrals 1800/yr
Funding Partners SMCC, POS,
Cities, KC
Assumptions
•Full Operations (Years two and beyond)
•Funding by Chamber (100k), Port of Seattle
(300K) and willing cities
•Assume F/T admin staffing, full tech
backbone, significant marketing budget
and funding for program evaluation
Assumptions
•Scale up based on pilot experiences after 6-12
months
•Funding by Chamber (100k), Port of Seattle
(300K) and willing cities
•Assume F/T admin staffing, larger tech
backbone, and additional marketing resources
Assumptions
•Starting phase
•Funding by Chamber (100k), Port of
Seattle (300K) and willing cities
•Assume p/t admin staffing, tech
backbone, and small marketing budget
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 21 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Contracting and Scaling Considerations
•ARPA funding and City/State procurement specifics:
−Cities using ARPA funding for TCPN must follow state procurement laws AND pertinent federal requirements
−Contracting with Chamber or any other TCPN partners will take approximately 3-6+ months
•Given contracting questions and requirements it may be good to jumpstart network on initial “pilot basis”
−Start with Port and Chamber funding to implement first phase of TCPN with willing City partners
−Leave door open to other interested cities to join network so they have time to resolve budget, procurement and service delivery options
−Work with willing cities and CBO partners delivering services to conduct robust and thoughtful community engagement program with impacted businesses and communities
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 22 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Technology Backbone Options and Considerations
•Our team evaluated two options: Livestories and Sourcelink
•We are recommending that the TCPN use Sourcelink
−Sourcelink has a strong track record of ensuring businesses have access to support -Navigators can also access tool to help guide businesses to resources−The Sourcelink platform will be launched statewide, anticipated in late January, and is supported fully with funding by Dept. of Commerce; there is no cost for cities or trusted partners to participate/utilize. −All trusted partners are welcome to join the platform −There is a back-end tracking system to help determine numbers of referrals/hand offs, utilization of the platform, etc.−Orgs on board with utilizing this tool include Commerce, WEDA, SBDCs and 66 and counting Main Street programs.
•We may augment Sourcelink to provide call center/backoffice support for small businesses
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 23 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Partner/Community Engagement Considerations
1.Need to finish follow up on invitations to Cities to join TCPN. It will take until mid-January to complete initial outreach to cities
2.Need to organize January roundtable or focus group with Community Based Organizations to get feedback on TCPN initiative
3.Need to organize couple calls with City partners in January to update them on TCPN, provide more ‘busplan” specifics, and solicit feedback
4.Should form ad hoc team of Chamber, Port, CBOs and City staff to help design and support community engagement process
•Group should organize in late January as funding and implementation details clarify
•Should implement robust community engagement in February and March to get input on issues, service delivery options and proposed partnerships
5.Should finalize TCPN structure and implementation schedule AFTERconsidering input from customers and key communities
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 24 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Next Steps/Timelines
Oct-Dec January February March April May June July
Q4 2020
Chamber and Port
follow up on
invitations to Cities
re: Cities request to
join and help fund
Navigator services
20212022January
Check-in with
Cities to provide
more detailed
TCPN plan and
gain input on next
steps
May 2022
Chamber/City/Port
partners will determine
overall funding available
for implementation phases
(pilot, medium, full)
June –July 2022
Chamber, Cities, CBOs and Port
will implement TCPN and institute
advisory group to guide overall
network
July 2022-2024
Chamber, Port and participating
cities will manage overall Navigator
network (contracts with funders,
contracts with navigators, etc.)
Feb –April 2022
Chamber/Port/Cities/CBOs
will design and implement
community engagement
process to inform overall
design of services and
preferred partnerships. etc.
Trusted Community Partner Network Implementation Roadmap 5.B.a
Packet Pg. 25 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
Q&A
5.B.a
Packet Pg. 26 Attachment: trusted community navigator business plan (2987 : Update on build out of
ECONOMIC AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Kurt Hanson, AICP, EDFP
220 Fourth Avenue South
Kent, WA 98032
253-856-5454
DATE: January 10, 2022
TO: Economic and Community Development Committee
SUBJECT: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility Study
Results
SUMMARY: King County, the City of Kent, and the Port of Seattle spearheaded a
Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center (KVFEC) feasibility study with the goal of
providing needed infrastructure to support the scale and growth of food businesses
and the food manufacturing and processing industry for the region. The proposed
multi-functional facility will support small food business development and
entrepreneurship, urban farmer and producer capacity, and training for job seekers
or those looking to hire workers in the food manufacturing and food processing
industries.
The vision for the KVFEC is to support the diverse cultural communities that make
up southern King County, to encourage economic development and job creation,
and to provide needed resources and assets for the growth and scale of businesses
owned and operated by these community members. A multi-functional facility will
provide the infrastructure that this community needs to realize this vision and
sustain long-term growth and economic opportunities for its members.
The feasibility study was funded by King County as an extension of the 2014 Local
Food Initiatives effort, building local infrastructure and related resources to support
a growing and developing food system throughout the county. New Venture
Advisors (NVA) was engaged to conduct the study.
The scope of work included evaluating several components and use cases of the
proposed facility. The primary focus of the KVFEC will be to provide spaces to
support the scale and growth of food manufacturing and food processing
businesses, including the following:
• Food hub, warehouse, and storage space
• Shared processing, production, co-packing, and kitchen facilities
• Private production space
• Supporting spaces, such as event, retail, and office spaces.
The study was designed to evaluate the feasibility of integrating programs and uses
for the proposed spaces, including business incubation to support scale and growth,
workforce training and job placement opportunities, support for food access
5.C
Packet Pg. 27
programming, and community engagement and place-making spaces and
programs.
Chief Economic Development Officer Bill Ellis will provide an overview of the study’s
findings.
SUPPORTS STRATEGIC PLAN GOAL:
Evolving Infrastructure - Connecting people and places through strategic investments in physical
and technological infrastructure.
Thriving City - Creating safe neighborhoods, healthy people, vibrant commercial districts, and
inviting parks and recreation.
Sustainable Services - Providing quality services through responsible financial management,
economic growth, and partnerships.
Inclusive Community - Embracing our diversity and advancing equity through genuine community
engagement.
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (PDF)
5.C
Packet Pg. 28
K E N T V A L L E Y
F O O D E N T R E P R E N E U R S H I P
C E N T E R
FEASIBILITY STUDY FINAL REPORT
D E C E M B E R 2 0 2 1
P R E P A R E D B Y :
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 29 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility Study
2
This feasibility study was conducted by New Venture Advisors for three project partners: King County, the City of
Kent, and the Port of Seattle.
King County, along with its community partners, pursues methods to strengthen local
food systems and empower residents to start new businesses, thereby increasing access
to healthy, affordable food for underserved communities. These efforts hit a major
milestone in 2014, when King County adopted the Local Food Initiative—a roadmap for
reinforcing and enhancing the local food systems across the King County region. During
and since that time, several needs assessments and market evaluations have been
conducted related to the local food system infrastructure. These studies have analyzed
the pressure points and gaps in private market facilities and the benefits of a
consolidated local food facility. King County is the lead partner in the proposed
development with the goal of supporting local food system infrastructure.
Kent Valley is the Seattle Metro’s premier manufacturing hub with more than 10,000
businesses and 49,000 manufacturing jobs. Combining the benefits of a specialized
workforce, conveniently accessible location, and advanced expertise in the
manufacturing industries, Kent is a strong partner in the development of a facility that
will support the diverse communities of the southern King County region.
The Port of Seattle’s Economic Development Division is responsible for spurring the regional
economy, sustaining, and creating family-wage jobs by supporting small businesses, workforce
development, and tourism and leveraging real estate development to create jobs. The Port is a
strong partner focused on how this project will support the creation of local jobs and support
small businesses.
New Venture Advisors (NVA) is a consulting firm that specializes in food system planning
and infrastructure development. Since 2009, NVA has helped hundreds of communities
across North America identify strategies to develop food systems, food enterprises, and
food policies that are good for farmers, food entrepreneurs, consumers, and the
intermediaries that connect them.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 30 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
3
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................................................................. 3
LIST OF TABLES ............................................................................................................................................................................ 5
LIST OF FIGURES .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................................................... 7
PROJECT BACKGROUND ......................................................................................................................................................................................7
FINDINGS AND ANALYSIS....................................................................................................................................................................................7
OPERATING MODEL OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................................................9
FACILITY OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 10
FINANCIAL SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 11
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................................................................................................................................... 12
PROJECT BACKGROUND ......................................................................................................................................................... 13
PURPOSE AND VISION ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
STUDY HYPOTHESIS AND FUNDING ............................................................................................................................................................... 14
PROJECT TEAMS ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 15
PROJECT PLAN ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
TIMELINE ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 18
MARKET ANALYSIS .................................................................................................................................................................. 20
RESEARCH PLAN AND KEY MILESTONES ..................................................................................................................................................... 20
SECONDARY RESEARCH OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................................................. 21
SECONDARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................................................................ 33
PRIMARY RESEARCH OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................................... 35
PRIMARY RESEARCH FINDINGS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 55
BUSINESS MODEL IMPLICATIONS .................................................................................................................................................................. 57
BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN .................................................................................................................. 59
FACILITY FEATURE SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................................................................... 59
FACILITY OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 60
REVENUE-GENERATING SPACES AND USES OF THE FACILITY ................................................................................................................. 61
INITIAL MODELS (SMALL, MEDIUM, AND LARGE) ..................................................................................................................................... 62
REVISED OPERATING MODEL: HYBRID MODEL ......................................................................................................................................... 62
BUILDING PROGRAM ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 64
HYBRID OPERATING MODEL: COMPONENT DETAILS................................................................................................................................ 65
BUBBLE DIAGRAMS OF HYBRID OPERATING MODEL ................................................................................................................................ 66
RETAIL, OFFICE, AND EVENT SPACES ........................................................................................................................................................... 81
SUPPORT SPACES AND OUTDOOR SPACE NEEDS ........................................................................................................................................ 84
UPKEEP, SCHEDULING, AND OVERSIGHT ...................................................................................................................................................... 86
PROPOSED SITE ANALYSIS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 86
SOUND TRANSIT PROPOSED LIGHT RAIL EXTENSION STATION REPORT.............................................................................................. 88
SITE CONNECTIONS AND ADDITIONAL USES ............................................................................................................................................... 89
OPERATOR AND STAKEHOLDER CONSIDERATIONS .................................................................................................................................... 89
FINANCIAL MODEL ................................................................................................................................................................... 91
REVENUE INPUTS .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 91
REVENUE ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 93
KEY FINANCIAL ASSUMPTIONS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 94
PROJECT BUDGET .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 99
POTENTIAL SOURCES OF CAPITAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 100
OPERATING BUDGET ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 102
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 31 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
4
SUMMARY P&L (OPERATING MODEL) ..................................................................................................................................................... 102
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................................................................................. 103
RISK ANALYSIS AND REPORT CONCLUSIONS .............................................................................................................. 105
SWOT ANALYSIS ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 105
RISKS AND MITIGATION STRATEGIES ........................................................................................................................................................ 107
STRATEGIC RECOMMENDATIONS AND NEXT STEPS ............................................................................................................................... 108
CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110
APPENDICES............................................................................................................................................................................. 111
APPENDIX 1: MARKET ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH – RESEARCH PLAN ........................................................................ 111
APPENDIX 2: PRIMARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS – INTERVIEW GUIDES .......................................................................... 114
APPENDIX 3: PRIMARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS – SURVEY RESULTS ................................................................................ 123
APPENDIX 4: PRIMARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS - SURVEY TEMPLATE ............................................................................ 125
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS ............... 138
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (SYNOPSIS) .................................... 144
APPENDIX 7: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - FACILITY DIAGRAMS ................................................ 153
APPENDIX 8: WORKS CITED ............................................................................................................................................................... 156
APPENDIX 9: TEAM BIOS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 158
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 32 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
5
List of Tables
TABLE 1: PROPOSED PUBLIC FACILITY SUMMARY/CONSOLIDATED 5-YEAR PROJECTIONS (OVERVIEW) .............................................. 11
TABLE 2: FEASIBILITY STUDY GOALS AND REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................... 14
TABLE 3: FEASIBILITY STUDY COMPONENTS AND USE CASES ..................................................................................................... 15
TABLE 4: FEASIBILITY STUDY PROJECT TEAMS ........................................................................................................................ 15
TABLE 5: FEASIBILITY STUDY PROJECT PLAN OUTLINE .............................................................................................................. 17
TABLE 6: FEASIBILITY STUDY TIMELINE ................................................................................................................................. 18
TABLE 7: OVERVIEW OF FARM OPERATIONS AND SALES .......................................................................................................... 23
TABLE 8: HARVEST AGAINST HUNGER DATA .......................................................................................................................... 25
TABLE 9: KING COUNTY LOCAL FOOD PURCHASING INITIATIVES ................................................................................................. 25
TABLE 10: KING COUNTY INCUBATOR OR ENTREPRENEURSHIP FACILITIES AND PROGRAMS ............................................................ 27
TABLE 11: NONFARM FOOD INDUSTRY EMPLOYMENT FOR KING COUNTY ................................................................................... 28
TABLE 12: ACCOMMODATION AND FOOD SERVICES FOR KING COUNTY ...................................................................................... 29
TABLE 13: WASHINGTON STATE (WSDA) FOOD PROCESSOR LICENSE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................. 30
TABLE 14: KING COUNTY FARMERS FOOD PERMIT FEES ........................................................................................................... 31
TABLE 15: BUSINESSES SELLING LOCAL FOOD PRODUCTS (KING COUNTY) .................................................................................. 31
TABLE 16: LOCAL FOOD CHANNELS IN THE FOODSHED ............................................................................................................ 32
TABLE 17: THE NVA MARKETSIZER® ................................................................................................................................... 32
TABLE 18: ESTIMATES FOR UNMET DEMAND FOR LOCALLY PRODUCED FOOD ............................................................................. 32
TABLE 19: KING COUNTY FARMER’S MARKET VENDORS AND SALES 2017–20 ........................................................................... 33
TABLE 20: PRIMARY RESEARCH—INTERVIEW ROSTER ............................................................................................................. 36
TABLE 21: SURVEY RESPONDENT DEMOGRAPHICS (TABLE 1 OF 2) ............................................................................................ 39
TABLE 22: SURVEY RESPONDENT DEMOGRAPHICS (TABLE 2 OF 2) ............................................................................................ 39
TABLE 23: SURVEY Q4 ...................................................................................................................................................... 39
TABLE 24: SURVEY Q5 ....................................................................................................................................................... 40
TABLE 25: SURVEY Q11 .................................................................................................................................................... 40
TABLE 26: SURVEY Q6 ...................................................................................................................................................... 40
TABLE 27: SURVEY Q7 ....................................................................................................................................................... 40
TABLE 28: SURVEY Q8 ....................................................................................................................................................... 41
TABLE 29: SURVEY Q12 ..................................................................................................................................................... 41
TABLE 30: SURVEY Q13 ..................................................................................................................................................... 42
TABLE 31: SURVEY Q14 ..................................................................................................................................................... 42
TABLE 32: SURVEY Q15 ..................................................................................................................................................... 42
TABLE 33: SURVEY Q18 .................................................................................................................................................... 43
TABLE 34: SURVEY Q20 ..................................................................................................................................................... 43
TABLE 35: SURVEY Q21 .................................................................................................................................................... 44
TABLE 36: SURVEY Q22 .................................................................................................................................................... 44
TABLE 37: SURVEY Q23 ..................................................................................................................................................... 44
TABLE 38: SURVEY Q24 .................................................................................................................................................... 45
TABLE 39: SURVEY Q25 .................................................................................................................................................... 45
TABLE 40: SURVEY Q26 .................................................................................................................................................... 45
TABLE 41: SURVEY Q27 .................................................................................................................................................... 46
TABLE 42: SURVEY Q28 .................................................................................................................................................... 46
TABLE 43: SURVEY Q29 .................................................................................................................................................... 47
TABLE 44: SURVEY Q31 .................................................................................................................................................... 47
TABLE 45: SURVEY Q35 .................................................................................................................................................... 48
TABLE 46: SURVEY Q36 .................................................................................................................................................... 48
TABLE 47: SURVEY Q37 .................................................................................................................................................... 49
TABLE 48: SURVEY Q38 .................................................................................................................................................... 49
TABLE 49: SURVEY Q39 .................................................................................................................................................... 49
TABLE 50: SURVEY Q40 .................................................................................................................................................... 49
TABLE 51: COMMUNITY CHARRETTES - PARTICIPATING INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANIZATIONS ........................................................... 52
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 33 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
6
TABLE 52: QUALITATIVE RESEARCH KEY FINDINGS .................................................................................................................. 56
TABLE 53: REFINED FACILITY COMPONENTS AND USE CASES (UPDATED) .................................................................................... 59
TABLE 54: REVENUE-GENERATING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 61
TABLE 55: HYBRID OPERATING MODEL OUTLINE ................................................................................................................... 63
TABLE 56: KITCHEN SPACE COMPONENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................... 68
TABLE 57: KITCHEN SPACE COMPONENT SITE CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................... 71
TABLE 58: PRODUCTION SPACE COMPONENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................. 72
TABLE 59: PRODUCTION SPACE COMPONENT SITE CONSIDERATIONS ......................................................................................... 75
TABLE 60: WAREHOUSE/STORAGE SPACE COMPONENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................. 76
TABLE 61: WAREHOUSE/STORAGE SPACE COMPONENTS SITE CONSIDERATIONS ......................................................................... 78
TABLE 62: INDEPENDENT PRODUCTION SPACE COMPONENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 79
TABLE 63: INDEPENDENT PRODUCTION SPACE COMPONENT SITE CONSIDERATIONS ..................................................................... 80
TABLE 64: RETAIL, OFFICE, AND EVENT SPACE COMPONENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 82
TABLE 65: RETAIL, OFFICE, AND EVENT SPACE COMPONENT SITE CONSIDERATIONS ..................................................................... 84
TABLE 66: PARKING USES AND CONSIDERATIONS ................................................................................................................... 85
TABLE 67: UPKEEP, SCHEDULING, AND OVERSIGHT CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................................ 86
TABLE 68: PROPOSED SITE LOCATIONS ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................... 87
TABLE 69: SUMMARY P&L ................................................................................................................................................ 91
TABLE 70: REVENUE-GENERATING HUB ACTIVITIES ................................................................................................................ 91
TABLE 71: COMMERCIAL/DEMO KITCHEN AND PRODUCTION P&L ............................................................................................ 95
TABLE 72: WAREHOUSE STORAGE P&L ............................................................................................................................... 96
TABLE 73: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTION P&L ............................................................................................................................ 96
TABLE 74: RETAIL SPACE P&L ............................................................................................................................................. 97
TABLE 75: OFFICE SPACE P&L ............................................................................................................................................ 98
TABLE 76: EVENT SPACE P&L............................................................................................................................................. 98
TABLE 77: HYBRID MODEL PROJECT BUDGET ...................................................................................................................... 100
TABLE 78: HYBRID MODEL TOTAL PROJECT COSTS ............................................................................................................... 100
TABLE 79: GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE GRANT OPPORTUNITIES ............................................................................................. 101
TABLE 80: NONPROFIT AND FOUNDATION GRANT OPPORTUNITIES ......................................................................................... 101
TABLE 81: HYBRID MODEL TOTAL OPERATIONAL BUDGET (ANNUAL COSTS) ............................................................................. 102
TABLE 82: HYBRID MODEL (SUMMARY P&L BY COMPONENT) ............................................................................................... 103
TABLE 83: NET PROFIT SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS BY UTILIZATION ................................................................................................ 103
List of Figures
FIGURE 1: PROPOSED FACILITY COMPONENTS ......................................................................................................................... 9
FIGURE 2: PROPOSED FACILITY PROGRAMMING AND POTENTIAL USES ....................................................................................... 10
FIGURE 3: RESEARCH PLAN OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................................ 20
FIGURE 4: KENT VALLEY MAP ............................................................................................................................................. 21
FIGURE 5: KING COUNTY DEMOGRAPHICS - ETHNIC GROUP REPRESENTATION BY PERCENT OF TOTAL POPULATION ............................ 22
FIGURE 6: LOW-INCOME AND LOW-ACCESS AREAS (KING COUNTY) .......................................................................................... 24
FIGURE 7: PRIMARY RESEARCH TOOLS AND OUTPUT GOALS ..................................................................................................... 35
FIGURE 8: KENT VALLEY FOOD ENTREPRENEURSHIP CENTER SYSTEM MAP ................................................................................. 38
FIGURE 9: CHARRETTES–KEY TOPICS .................................................................................................................................... 53
FIGURE 10: BUBBLE DIAGRAM 1 (SOUND TRANSIT, VERSION 1) ................................................................................................ 66
FIGURE 11: BUBBLE DIAGRAM 2 (SOUND TRANSIT, VERSION 2) ............................................................................................... 67
FIGURE 12: BUBBLE DIAGRAM 3 (NADEN AVENUE VERSION) ................................................................................................... 67
FIGURE 13: PUBLIC COMPONENT REVENUE AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL.................................................................................... 93
FIGURE 14: TOTAL PUBLIC REVENUE, NET PROFIT, AND PROFIT MARGIN ................................................................................... 94
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 34 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
7
SECTION HEADER PLACEHOLDER (3 LINES)
Executive Summary
Project Background
Purpose and Vision
King County, the City of Kent, and the Port of Seattle spearheaded a Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship
Center (KVFEC) feasibility study with the goal of providing needed infrastructure to support the scale
and growth of food businesses and the food manufacturing and processing industry for the region. The
proposed multi-functional facility will support small food business development and entrepreneurship,
urban farmer and producer capacity, and training for job seekers or those looking to hire workers in the
food manufacturing and food processing industries.
The vision for the KVFEC is to support the diverse cultural communities that make up southern King
County, to encourage economic development and job creation, and to provide needed resources and
assets for the growth and scale of businesses owned and operated by these community members. A
multi-functional facility will provide the infrastructure that this community needs to realize this vision
and sustain long-term growth and economic opportunities for its members.
Study Funding
The feasibility study was funded by King County as an extension of the 2014 Local Food Initiatives effort,
building local infrastructure and related resources to support a growing and developing food system
throughout the county. New Venture Advisors (NVA) was engaged to conduct the study.
Findings and Analysis
Market Analysis
The scope of work included evaluating several components and use cases of the proposed facility. The
primary focus of the KVFEC will be to provide spaces to support the scale and growth of food
manufacturing and food processing businesses, including the following:
●Food hub, warehouse, and storage space
●Shared processing, production, co-packing, and kitchen facilities
●Private production space
●Supporting spaces, such as event, retail, and office spaces.
The study was also designed to evaluate the feasibility of integrating programs and uses for the
proposed spaces, including business incubation to support scale and growth, workforce training an d job
placement opportunities, support for food access programming, and community engagement and place -
making spaces and programs.
For this project, NVA utilized several research tools to evaluate opportunities, elicit feedback and
interest, and assess the regional landscape:
1.Secondary research to gain a better understanding of regional demographics, health and
economic conditions, the local food landscape, the regional marketplace, and demand for local
products
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 35 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
8
2.Interviews with 30 stakeholders, community organizations, local businesses, and individuals to
assess interest in the facility, identify operators and tenants, and gather feedback about
potential design, facility space components, and suggested uses.
3.A survey distributed to local food businesses, interested entrepreneurs, and local/regional
farmers to gather interest in the facility from potential users and technical and pricing input
about the facility design. 50 responses were received with 37 used for analysis.
4.Three stakeholder design charrettes where initial operational models, facility designs, and
financial models were shared for input and feedback and continued engagement around
potential operators, tenants, and users.
Overall, research indicates that the KVFEC has an opportunity to provide infrastructure to a growing,
culturally diverse community in need of resource and opportunity supports. The proposed facility will
add value to the ecosystem of existing incubation, small business development, and entrepreneurial
programming and could offer resources to enable companies and entrepreneurs to grow and scale.
Survey responses and interviews confirmed that there is demand for space and services which this
facility can provide.
The following summarizes key findings from the research:
●Demand exists for space and services that this facility can provide. 59% of survey respondents
and 75% of interviewees said the facility was of interest and the commercial opportunities
provided by the spaces were needed for their growing businesses or community members. An
additional 28% of the survey respondents who expressed interest in the facility confirmed that
the opportunity to scale their business was their reasoning for being interested in the facility.
●Strong community partnerships will be essential to creating a facility that contributes to the
existing ecosystem rather than competes. The core study team and other project partners will
need to continue to build strong partnerships among existing incubation, business development,
farmer training, technical assistance networks, and community groups that support food
businesses and the food industry in the region. The proposed facility has the opportunity to act
as a hub for these resources and expand the scope of needed resources to focus on scale and
growth that supports industrial development and job creation for the region. The proposed
facility must ensure that it does not duplicate existing programs or services provided by
community partners but instead offers unique, desired services that benefit the community.
●Resources will need to be responsive to community needs and abilities. The community that is
the focus of this proposed facility is a culturally diverse community with representation from
immigrant and refugee groups. The operator will need to ensure that access and pricing allow
these groups to use resources and facility spaces and that anti-racism policies and language and
cultural connections are built into the facility design and concept.
●Location is a key factor. The project partners are considering two potential sites in Kent for the
facility that offer different benefits based on their proximity to other community resources,
transit assets, and space assets. Both proposed sites will have factors impacting the operational
and facility design and may influence the project’s total price tag.
●Breakeven will require multiple income sources and strong management. Similar facilities with
the proposed combination of programming and services require a diverse set of revenue options
to break even. Mission-driven facilities of this nature that focus on meeting a social need and
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 36 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
9
engaging lower-income populations often rely on robust fundraising activities, strong grant and
facility management, and innovative partnerships that bring financial resources from the
outside. The proposed facility has an identified strong anchor tenant that may offset some of
the operating revenue needed via their lease and committed investment in the facility.1
●Collaborative spaces that focus on scaled productio n are most strongly desired. The
predominant interest is in spaces that encourages the commercial viability of small businesses
through access to mechanized processing or production equipment. There is nominal interest in
community placemaking space.
●There is limited demand for retail and independent production space, but it is undefined.
Interviewees and survey responses expressed interest in retail and private production space and
noted the lack of available spaces in the area. However, both of these were expressed as
interest with very limited feedback on technical size or qualifications to shape the design of the
space in early renderings. Additional development work will be needed to quantify this
component and final facility design.
Operating Model Overview
To determine if the proposed KVFEC can operate profitably or at breakeven, a financial model simulating
a pro forma profit and loss statement (P&L) was developed. The financial model’s structure was based
on the following operating and business model. Inputs were derived from the surveys, interviews, and
operating data from analogous facilities cited in the case studies.
Component Outline
Following the market analysis, the concept of the proposed facility had been refined to reflect a heavy
emphasis on large-scale, volume food-production and food-manufacturing spaces. The model would need
to include the refined components updated from the original concept and demonstrated in figure 1.
Figure 1: Proposed Facility Components
1 Throughout the report facility spaces are referred to as either public or non-public/private spaces. For the
purposes of this report, public spaces (and revenue derived from those spaces) are those spaces, services, and
programs which will be accessible (via rent, lease, or single use fee) by members of the public and stakehold er
organizations. Non-public or private spaces are those spaces, services, and programs which will be accessible only
by anchor tenants who commit to leases, rents, or fees associated with those spaces. The distinction, for example
in the case of Fare Start who has been identified as the anchor tenant, is for production, kitchen, and office space
that they will solely occupy and pay rent which will offset overall operational costs of the facility.
Shared (and
private) Production
and Processing
Individual
Production Spaces
Shared (and
private) Kitchens Co-Packing Services
Warehouse and
Storage Offices Retail Outlet Event/Multi-Use
Space
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 37 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
10
The proposed model would also need to be reflective of updated usage and programming needs for the
facility demonstrated in figure 2.
Figure 2: Proposed Facility Programming and Potential Uses
Facility Overview
The proposed KVFEC is a multi-functional facility that will integrate six to seven primary space
components to support the scale and growth of food industry businesses. The facility will have an
emphasis on contract manufacturing and co-packing to support local food access programs and outlets.
These businesses may include the following:
●Scaling CPG product development and production2
●Scaling RTE or food access meal development and production (anchor tenant)3
●Raw ingredient (farm crops) processing (fresh/frozen products)
●Scaling food manufacturing or co-manufactured food products
●Scaling food service businesses (catering, food trucks, etc.).
Design for the proposed facility considered the requirements of two sites located in Kent, Washington
(although future development phases may consider other sites). These sites include the proposed Sound
Transit station expansion in Kent and the Naden Street industrial development site that will support
expanded retail and industrial functions for the City of Kent. Both sites, upon initial evaluation, can
support all stated facility needs but may require different configurations based on constraints.
2 CPG stands for consumer-packaged goods and represents packaged, branded products sold to the public (i.e.,
bags of chips, salad dressing, beverages, etc.).
3 RTE stands for ready-to-eat meals and can be meals prepared for reheating or frozen meals prepared for short-
term storage for future reheating.
Workforce Training
Business Scale (Co-
Packing Services or
Training)
Job Skills (Food
Manufacturing Industry)
Product Retail
Opportunities
Volume Distribution and
Storage (CPG & RTE
Products)
Incubation Ecosystem
Technical Assistance,
Business Development
Opportunities/Programs
Adult Education
/Programs Job /Skills Training Community Engagement
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 38 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
11
Financial Summary
Revenue Model
Public spaces revenue4 for the proposed facility will come from the following streams:
●Production leases and rentals—annual or longer-term anchor tenant leases and short-term
users who pay a per-run fee (including labor, prototyping, and operational costs)
●Commercial and demo kitchen rentals—longer-term tenants and short-term users who pay an
hourly fee (or set time frame fee such as a monthly fee)
●Service fees—contract manufacturing or co-packing services, value-added services, access
services (loading dock, parking, etc.)
●Retail, office, and event space leases and fees—annual or longer-term tenant leases, potential
pop-up or short-term rental fees for retail access, co-work and shared office access, and
conference/classroom/meeting pod facilities
●Facility usage fees—dry or warehouse, cold, and frozen storage
●Support programming and services offered by the primary operator or partners—skills training,
business incubation, or distribution opportunities.
Financial Analysis: The pro forma profit and loss (P&L) shows a net loss of -$832,888 on $1,322,000 in
public revenue in year 1 decreasing to -$431,000 on $1,909,000 in public revenue by year 55. Revenue is
based on utilization - the proportion of available capacity that is leased or sold - at the same rate for all
lines of business. In year 1, utilization is estimated at 45 percent, a conservative estimate for the first
year of operation, increasing five percentage points per year, reaching 65 percent in year 5.
The majority of public revenue comes from the commercial/demo kitchen and production components
that comprise 79 percent of total public revenue during the five-year forecast. Operating expenses
include both anchor tenant and public space costs budgeted for the entirety of the space and consist of
payroll, utilities, property taxes and insurance, SG&A, and debt financing (principal and interest).6 Based
on these assumptions, public space will break even at an estimated utilization rate of 75–80 percent.
Table 1: Proposed Public Facility Summary/Consolidated 5-Year Projections (Overview)
In $1,000s Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Total Public Revenue $1,322 $1,468 $1,615 $1,762 $1,909
Annual Growth Rate 11.1% 10.0% 9.1% 8.3%
Operating Expenses $2,154 $2,180 $2,285 $2,312 $2,340
Net Profit -$833 -$712 -$670 -$550 -$431
Profit Margin -63.0%-48.5%-41.5%-31.2%-22.6%
4 As stated in footnote 1, public space revenue is referring to revenue derived from rentals, leases, single us e fees,
and service fees associated with the spaces that will not be leased to anchor or private tenants.
5 Private revenue is still to be defined based on agreements that are reached with Fare Start and any other anchor
tenants in terms of their long-term rental of private space in the facility.
6 Operating expenses include cost of sales and SG&A. Cost of sales includes personnel and benefits, rent and utility
costs, etc. SG&A—selling, general and administrative expenses— include marketing expenditures, computer
equipment and other overhead costs.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 39 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
12
Conclusions and Recommendations
This feasibility study affirms the project’s hypothesis of the potential to support small business
development and food industry growth in the Kent Valley via a multi-functional mixed-use facility. Food
system infrastructure dedicated to small food businesses and their unique challenges is essential in
bringing sustainable food system change to any community. The proposed facility, at either of the
proposed site locations in Kent, has the ability to significantly support diverse community development
and growth via an emerging food manufacturing industry and by building upon existing local resources.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 40 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
13
SECTION HEADER PLACEHOLDER (3 LINES)
Project Background
Purpose and Vision
King County, the City of Kent, and the Port of Seattle engaged New Venture Advisors (NVA) to evaluate
the feasibility of a food entrepreneurship center to serve the needs of small businesses in the Kent
Valley. The purpose of the feasibility study was to evaluate four objectives:
1.To understand the local landscape of need (resource, programmatic, and infrastructure) among
small businesses, local urban farmers, and nonprofit economic development organizations
supporting diverse populations of southern King County, specifically immigrant, refugee, and
culturally diverse communities that make up a significant percentage of the residents
2.To understand the ability for a central, multi-functional facility to support needed scale and
small business growth, specifically in food businesses and small foods manufacturing, and the
ideal way to incorporate these into the design, operations, and business plan for the facility
3.To determine the size, facility resources, and technical specifications needed to support these
objectives
4.To evaluate which of the sites in consideration is best suited to the proposed facility's overall
goals and uses.
The vision behind the proposed facility is a multi-functional, shared-use food center that would
strategically co-locate multiple spaces and programs within a single facility to allow for synergies that
would positively influence small business growth and scale, funding, economic development, and job
creation.
To inform the development process, the primary partners—King County, the City of Kent, and the Port
of Seattle—assembled an advisory board consisting of operating businesses along the regional food
value chain, nonprofits engaged in development and incubation work, and public entities supporting
business development and training throughout the region.
The primary partners hypothesized that access to right-size infrastructure would allow small businesses
to grow and connect with target markets and organizations to expand their capacity and impact. In
addition, such a facility would build the capacity of the growing hunger relief system with support for
entrepreneurs. With the assistance of the advisory board, the partners determined the initial goals and
requirements for the KVFEC outlined in table 2.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 41 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
14
Table 2: Feasibility Study Goals and Requirements
Goals Requirements
●Financially sustainable facility supported by
operations
●Sufficient space and services to attract and
offer growth/scale opportunities to food
entrepreneurs and small food businesses
within the designated communities
●Supports the access needs and enunciated
growth opportunities for the designated
community groups
●Sufficient space and services to support
workforce development and new worker
opportunity within food manufacturing
●Engages food system partners for the
purpose of accomplishing project
objectives
●Space and services to support program
extensions that represent next stage
development for existing incubation,
business development, and job training
within the region
●Contributes to the landscape of existing
resources to promote scale and
development in food processing, food
manufacturing, and food business
development
●Space to support gathering, community
placemaking, and related community
development needs for the designated
communities
The goal of the feasibility study was to perform a market analysis of the southern King County region,
including the following:
●Assessing the desire for growth and need for resources in these communities related to local
food entrepreneurship, small food business development, and small food manufacturing and
processing
●Identifying potential anchor tenants, users, and businesses interested in the facility’s offerings
●Determining an optimal operational model for the proposed facility based on the stated goals,
requirements, and researched need
●Assessing the proposed food center’s financial viability to operate at a capacity that could
achieve break even.
The study area would focus on King County in Washington State, with an emphasis on Kent and the
surrounding counties of the southern region.
Study Hypothesis and Funding
The intent of this project is to build upon King County’s efforts via its 2014 Local Food Initiative —a
roadmap for reinforcing and enhancing local food systems across the King County region. Between 2014
and 2021, King County conducted several needs assess ments and market evaluations of food system
infrastructure. This project builds upon these past efforts by working with potential operating partners
to refine the operating model and facility plan for a local food hub, including the proposed space
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 42 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
15
components and use cases demonstrated in table 3. Additionally, the study aimed to evaluate the
facility’s total project cost and financial sustainability.
Table 3: Feasibility Study Components and Use Cases
Proposed Project Space Components Proposed Project Use Cases
•Food hub, warehouse, and storage spaces
•Shared processing and production facilities
•Co-packing space and equipment
•Individual production spaces
•Event spaces
•Co-located offices for food and ag
businesses
•Retail space
•Business incubation/business scale
•Workforce training opportunities
•Co-packing services or related programming
•Food access program collaborations
•Job training and creation
•Community engagement opportunities
•Small business revenue opportunities
King County solicited proposals from interested and qualified consultants to provide conceptual site
design services and chose NVA to support these efforts. The study was funded by King County.
The scope was also adapted to evaluate the operating model, facility designs, and financial sustainability
in terms of a specific location that was being evaluated in partnership with a transit site expansion
project funded by Sound Transit.
For this project, NVA utilized a range of research tools, including a survey of local food businesses and
farmers, 35 interviews of stakeholders to identify opportunities, and secondary research that examined
local marketplace data, regional studies, and highlighted comparable facilities around the United States.
Project Teams
NVA executed this feasibility study with a team composed of project leads from King County and the City
of Kent. NVA is a Chicago-based consulting firm with expertise in the assessment, design, launch, and
development of businesses in the local food and sustainable agriculture arena. Since 2009, NVA has
worked on hundreds of food enterprise ventures and food systems projects across North America. The
King County study team was led by Michael Lufkin, who serves as the local food economy manager for
King County, in partnership with the economic development project team from the City of Kent, forming
the core team.
Table 4: Feasibility Study Project Teams
Team Member Organization Title Project Role
KING COUNTY STUDY TEAM (Core Team)
Michael Lufkin King County Local Food Economy Manager Project Lead
William Ellis City of Kent Chief Economic Development Officer Project Lead
Michelle Wilmot City of Kent Economic Development Project
Manager
Project Lead
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 43 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
16
Team Member Organization Title Project Role
Jillian Robinson King County Programs Assistant, King County Project Support
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
David Bulinda Wakulima USA Executive Director Member
Ericka Cox King County Workforce Development Council of
Seattle
Member
Brenna Davis PCC Markets/Uwajimaya VP–Social & Environmental
Responsibility
Member
Bookda Gheisar Port of Seattle Senior Director of the Office of Equity,
Diversity & Inclusion
Member
Matt Gurney Fare Start Chief Innovation Officer Member
Chitra Hanstad World Relief Seattle Executive Director Member
Shamso Issak Living Well Kent Executive Director Member
Deepa Iyer International Rescue
Committee
Senior New Roots Program Coordinator Member
Domonique
Juleon
Business Impact
Northwest–The Food
Business Resource Center
Chief Program Officer Member
Sam Kaplan Highline College, Center
for Excellence of Global
Trade and Supply Chain
Management
Director Member
Eric Lane City of Des Moines Economic Relief & Resource
Coordinator
Member
Leslie Mackie Macrina Bakery CEO Member
Kara Martin Program Director Food Innovation Network, Global to
Local, Spice Bridge
Member
AJ McClure Executive Director Food Innovation Network, Global to
Local, Spice Bridge
Member
David McFadden Port of Seattle Managing Director Member
Craig Muska TILT Investments Partner Member
Bret Neely Seattle Gourmet Foods President Member
Van Nguyen Executive Director Project Feast Member
Yasmeen Perez King County Department of Community and Human
Services–Equitable Development
Program Manager
Member
Chris Pierson Aerospace Joint
Apprenticeship
Committee
Community Partnerships Manager Member
John Schofield Culinex Facilities Manager Member
Rich Shockley Highline College Startzone Director Member
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 44 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
17
Team Member Title Project Role
NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
Kathy Nyquist Principal Lead Project Partner
Andrea Carbine Senior Project Manager Project Lead, Operations Specialist
Caroline Myran Project Manager Research Analyst, Study Author
Sheree Goertzen Research Analyst Research Analyst, Writer
Julia Larouche Research Analyst Research Analyst
Negin Moayer Architect, Design Specialist Conceptual Facility Design
Robert Clemens Financial Specialist Financial and Revenue Modeling
Deb Wilkinson Operations Manager Project Support
Emmy Nyquist Research Assistant Project Support
Project Plan
The project plan included several stages of work as demonstrated in table 5.
Table 5: Feasibility Study Project Plan Outline
Stage Steps
Project Initiation and
Background Research
1.Hold kickoff meeting with core team and stakeholders
2.Gather background material from client.
3.Review, summarize, and draw insights from all background material
provided by client.
4.Identify valuable examples across the country. Conduct case studies and
draw insights and takeaways relevant to the proposed facility.
Market Analysis and
Primary Research
5.Interview stakeholders across the King County food system.
6.Conduct external interviews to assess opportunity, community perception,
and demand for local food products in the region.
7.Conduct secondary research of the food landscape, including area
demographics, existing food system players, supply, demand, current
infrastructure, competition, etc.
Comprehensive
Synthesis and Progress
Review Meeting
8.Identify important takeaways and implications for the proposed facility from
all research steps above.
9.Visit site to present synthesis, discuss implications on operating model and
assess potential locations for the proposed facility.
10.Identify 3-5 follow-up interviews to be conducted to further refine synthesis
and takeaways.
Operating Model
Development
11.List and evaluate each potential operation within the proposed facility. This
outlined all current and potential food initiatives, with initiatives/programs
evaluated based on how well each would fit into a food center.
12.Develop 2-3 potential food center models based on assessment of potential
operations.
13.Develop steady state revenue and cost assumptions for all aspects of the
proposed facility.
14.Develop baseline financials for each facility model.
15.Select strongest facility scenario.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 45 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
18
Stage Steps
Facility Design and
Startup/Capital Cost
Structure
16.Develop mockups / designs of proposed facility.
17.Establish detailed cost structure and capital expenses for the proposed
facility.
Final Deliverable and
Presentation
●Transit Report
●Feasibility Study
Report
18.Capture a high-level overview of the inputs, analysis, decisions, and
strategies from the study in a professional report for Sound Transit.
19.Compile all study inputs, analysis, decisions, and strategies in a
comprehensive final report to share with stakeholders.
20.Prepare an executive summary presentation to share conclusions with the
community.
21.Present final materials for discussion among the advisory committee and
stakeholders and determination of next steps.
Timeline
The feasibility study was conducted between August 2021 and December 2021, with the final report
provided on December 30, 2021 according to the timleine illustrated in table 6.
Table 6: Feasibility Study Timeline
Project Initiation and Background Research August 2021
•Held kickoff meeting with core team
•Finalized project workplan and timeline for study
Market Analysis and Primary Research September–October 2021
•Finalized research plan with core team
•Identified stakeholders and interviewees
•Finalized interview tools and guides
•Researched food system landscape for King County and the surrounding foodshed
•Researched and analyzed relevant case studies for use cases and facility goals
•Conducted interviews, synthesized notes, and analyzed themes
•Developed, conducted, and closed surveys and analyzed results
Operating Model Development October 2021
•Held meeting with potential site developers to define site parameters, needs, and development goals
•Developed operating models (small, medium, and large)
•Built initial financial model—total project cost analysis
•Conducted site visit to present research findings, operating model recommendations, case study
examples, and beginning financial modeling to core team
Community Engagement October–November 2021
•Held three design charrettes with stakeholders to present research findings, operating model
recommendations (three models), case study examples, and beginning financial modeling
•Held follow-up interviews to engage anchor tenant organization (Fare Start) and key stakeholders
•Drafted facility design and financial analysis
•Refined operating model to hybrid model with inputs from anchor tenant, key stakeholders, and design
charrette feedback
•Refined building program, tenant requirements grid, and programming model with inputs from design
charrette (for new hybrid model)
•Refined capacity model and developed preliminary breakeven models with refined hybrid model
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 46 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
19
• Developed initial visualizations (bubble diagrams) of three site iterations (two sites – two views for Sound
Transit site, one view for Naden Street site)
• Built and refined financial model with estimated construction costs and financing strategy, pro forma
financial projections through breakeven
Transit Report November 2021
• Summarized initial recommendations for Sound Transit site into a technical report detailing the operating
model, equipment and build needs, and high-level financial overview
Finalization November–December 2021
• Presented progress report to core team and advisory team members with operating model, market
analysis synthesis, financial overview, and recommendations
• Conducted risk and impact assessment
• Drafted full feasibility study final report and developed roadmap
• Prepared executive summary presentation and final report
• (January 2022) Present final summary presentation to core team and key stakeholders
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 47 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
20
SECTION HEADER PLACEHOLDER (3 LINES)
Market Analysis
Research Plan and Key Milestones
Building upon existing King County assessments and studies, the research plan was designed to define
the purpose and space components of the proposed facility and to evaluate how it might be best used
by the community. A copy of the research plan is in appendix 1.
The research plan evaluated the key areas described in figure 3.
Figure 3: Research Plan Objectives
Between September and October 2021, research was completed according to the following schedule:
●September 10–October 1: Secondary research to assess King County and regional foodshed
impacts on the project and to refine primary research plans (surveys, interviews, and
community engagement/charrettes).
●September 17–October 8: Interviews to identify anchor tenants, potential operators, and
program partners; engage key stakeholders; and understand the local buyer and procurement
landscape for locally produced goods.
●October 8–29: Survey to engage local small business owners, entrepreneurs, urban farmers, and
related stakeholders.
●October 18–22: Design charrettes with key stakeholders to gather feedback on operational
models, share research analysis, and review initial financial modeling and proposed facility
design.
r
Assess Operator
and Potential
Tenant Interest
•Identify anchor
tenants
•Find space or
component
operators
•Identify program
partners
•Identify potential
users
Gather and Assess
Potential User
Needs
•Identify potential
user interest in and
support for concept
(small business,
entrepreneur, food
manufacturing,
small farmer)
•Identify potential
facility uses
•Identify equipment
or technical needs
Gather and Assess
Stakeholder and
Community Needs
•Listen to and gather
stakeholder and
community needs
that infrastructure
can support
•Listen to and gather
community
feedback on
concept and
proposed facility
plan
•Assess how to
incorporate needs
and desired benefits
into proposed
design
Assess Local Buyer
and Procurement
Marketplace
•Identify buyers,
distributors, and
procurement
networks
supporting local
products
•Assess demand for
local products
•Identify
marketplace and
capacity for local
products
•Understand local
pricing, scale, and
volume needs
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 48 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
21
Secondary Research Overview
Secondary research was conducted to gain a better understanding of regional demographics,
agricultural and economic conditions, and the food system landscape. Public and syndicated data was
accessed to create an overview of the local, regional, and statewide food systems. The core study team
reviewed high-level research findings and initial themes on October 11, 2021. The research surfaced
several factors that were considered in the recommended operating model for the KVFEC.
Background on Kent Valley
Kent is in the southern end of
King County, located about 20
miles south of Seattle and 8
miles from Seattle Tacoma
International Airport, a major
transit hub. The study also
references “Kent Valley,” which
is an economic development
zone created by the City of Kent
and defined as the area that falls
halfway between Seattle and
Tacoma.7
King County is the most
populous county in Washington
State, with most of the
population residing in Seattle.
Since 2010, King County has
grown in population by 15.5
percent, recording 2,269,675
residents. However, Kent has
grown at a faster rate,
increasing by 47.8 percent with
a current population of 136,588
residents.8 Compared to the rest
of the county, Kent is the most
racially diverse city. From 2010
to 2020, the demographic in Kent that grew
the most was people of Asian descent
(illustrated in Figure 5).
7 Kent Valley Economic Development, “Why Kent Valley,” accessed September 20, 2021,
www.kentvalleywa.com/why-kent-valley/.
8 U.S. Census Bureau, “Quick Facts Estimates,” July 1, 2019, accessed September 20, 2021.
Figure 4: Kent Valley Map
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 49 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
22
Figure 5: King County Demographics - Ethnic Group Representation by Percent of Total Population
The median income in Kent is $81,423. While that income is higher than the State of Washington
median at $78,687, it is lower than the King County median at $102,594.9 The poverty rate in Kent and
Washington State are the same at 9.8 percent, with 33 percent of households in Kent designated as
ALICE (asset limited, income constrained, employed), a metric created by United Way that represents
the individuals and families who are working but are unable to afford the basic necessities such as
housing, food, childcare, health care, and transportation.
Furthermore, ALICE hardships disproportionately affect Black families, Hispanic families, and single
female-headed families. In addition, only one in four adults in Kent has a bachelor’s degree, compared
to more than half of adults in all of King County.
Unemployment before COVID-19 in King County and Kent were 2.5 percent and 3.8 percent,
respectively. As of August 2021, unemployment in King County was 4.8 percent.10 While current
unemployment rates are not available for Kent, historically they have been higher compared to the
county.
In 2019, 68.2 percent of the population in Kent was in the workforce. The five largest employment
sectors are retail (17.6 percent), transportation and warehousing (16 percent), administrative and
support and waste management (14 percent), health care and social assistance (11.6 percent), and
accommodation/food service (11.4 percent).
9 United Way, “United for ALICE,” 2018, accessed September 20, 2021, www.unitedforalice.org/county-
profiles/washington.
10 Washington State Employment Security Department, “Labor Area Statistics,” accessed September 20, 2021,
esd.wa.gov/labormarketinfo/labor-area-summaries.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Kent, 2020
Kent, 2010
King, 2020
King, 2010
Foreign Born Asian Latinx Black White
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 50 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
23
Landscape of Agricultural Production
The foodshed for King County includes surrounding counties Pierce, Skagit, and Snohomish. There are
997,746 total acres in production in the foodshed. The number of farms in the foodshed have decreased
slightly since 2012, by 1.2 percent, and the number of acres farmed has also decreased in the area by 9
percent. The only counties to see an increase in total farms were Pierce and Snohomish counties, which
increased by 8 percent and 9 percent, respectively. The average (any) farm size is 47 acres. The average
value for an acre in this region is $22,247, which is significantly higher than the state average of $2,789
per acre. The per acre cost in King County is $35,248.11
Table 7: Overview of Farm Operations and Sales
King Pierce Skagit Snohomish WA State
Farm Operations in 2017 1,796 1,607 1,041 1,558 35,793
% change since 2012 -2%9% -3%8% -4%
Total Farm Sales $135,464,000 $68,876,000 $287,096,000 $157,565,000 $9,634,461,000
Vegetable Farms 195 127 101 159 2,355
Vegetable Sales <$5,000 $7,922,000 $86,674,000 $11,492,000 $1,094,944,000
Fruit Farms/ Orchards 124 128 94 74 4803
Fruit Sales $3,354,000 $5,456,000 $21,905,000 $8,344,000 $3,614,885,000
There are 10,650 producers within King County, representing the third largest number of producers in
the state of Washington. Of the total viable farm operations, 17 percent sell direct to consumer.
Notably, the average net income for farm operations in King, Pierce, and Snohomish counties are
significantly below the state average of $47,641, while Skagit County is just below at $42,220.
Farm to Farmer, a program of Washington Farmland Trust, provides an accessible pathway for new and
aspiring farmers to access farmland through technical assistance. The program helps farmers find the
land opportunities they need to grow their businesses and helps landowners sell or lease their land to
keep it in farming.
Food Access
Access to healthy food options is essential to healthy eating habits, which are, in turn, essential to good
health. Food access is determined by three factors:
1.A consumer’s ability to physically get to places where healthy foods are available for purchase
2.The affordability of healthy food options within that regional designation
3.The availability of assistance to ensure consumers have the means to purchase healthy food.
In 2019, the overall food insecurity in King County was 8.7 percent, which is lower than the state
average of 10.4 percent. Records indicate that 15.63 percent of households in Kent and 7.4 percent of
households in King County received SNAP benefits.12
11 USDA National Agriculture Statistics Service, “2017 Census of Agriculture, Washington,” 2017, accessed
September 20, 2021,
www.nass.usda.gov/Publications/AgCensus/2017/Full_Report/Census_by_State/Washington/index.php.
12 Feeding America, “Food Insecurity in Washington,” 2019, accessed September 20, 2021,
map.feedingamerica.org/county/2019/overall/washington.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 51 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
24
Low Food Access Areas
People living in urban settings more than one mile from a supermarket or grocery store or in rural
settings more than ten miles from a grocery store are considered to have low food access. Figure 6
shows the low access areas that fall within low-income areas (green) and the corresponding low
income/low access areas where there is low vehicle access (yellow).13 The city of Kent is heavily
represented within both parameters.
Figure 6: Low-Income and Low-Access Areas (King County)
Food Access Distribution
King County has been proactive, especially during the COVID-19 pandemic, in improving access to local
food through a series of initiatives. The following programs demonstrate these initiatives:
● King County Farmer’s Share, launched by Harvest Against Hunger, creates direct supply chains
by building relationships between the agencies that distribute emergency food and the farms
that grow it. The goal of the program is to increase the resilience of the field-to-fork supply
chain, ensuring fresh, healthy food goes to people rather than to waste. Figure 7 shows the
significant increase of the program from 2019 to 2020. 14
13 USDA Economic Research Service, “Food Access Environment,” 2019, accessed September 20, 2021,
www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/food-access-research-atlas/.
14 King County, “Local Food Initiative Annual Report,” 2020, accessed September 20, 2021,
your.kingcounty.gov/dnrp/local-food/documents/2020-LFI-Annual-Report.pdf.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 52 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
25
Table 8: Harvest Against Hunger Data
Program Outcome 2019 2020
$ distributed to hunger relief for local farm purchasing $37,500 $297,634
# of participating King County hunger relief organizations 12 15
# of King County farms purchased from 24 51
Lbs. of produce purchased and delivered 20,592 90,792
Lbs. of produce donated and gleaned 4,815 6,313
● EastWest Food Rescue acquires or purchases surplus food, predominately from farmers, and
distributes it to people in need. The program, which started at the beginning of the pandemic,
has distributed over 5.5 million pounds of food through October 31, 2020.
● SNAP Programs: 23 farmers markets in King County participate in the SNAP Market Match
program, which offers double SNAP benefits at farmers markets. In the summer of 2020, they
distributed $582,077 in SNAP benefits and incentive dollars, which was a 5 percent increase
from 2019. King County also supported incentives through the Complete Eats program, which
offers fruit and vegetable prescriptions that are redeemable at Safeway stores. An additional
$497,582 of incentives were distributed to SNAP users through these two programs to increase
access to fruits and vegetables.
Community organizations continued to develop new approaches to support families with limited food
access during the pandemic. A group of these organizations also focused on ways to make that fo od
more culturally relevant to their clientele. One example is Alimentando El Pueblo, or Feeding El Pueblo,
which began distributing culturally relevant food in the Highline area of King County in the summer of
2020. They worked to source produce from local Latinx grocers and farmers to support their community.
Local Food Purchasing Initiatives
While King County does not have a formal local food procurement policy, program initiatives have been
proposed or funded to help improve equitable access to locally grown foods. In addition, there are
incentives and programs that subsidize local purchasing costs.15
Table 9: King County Local Food Purchasing Initiatives
Farmers Market 20%
Commitment
As of 2019, all farmers markets in the city of Seattle have
established a minimum requirement that processors and
prepared food vendors source at least 20 percent of their raw
ingredients (by items listed) directly from Washington farms,
and distinct seasonal ingredients preferably from market
farmers.
15 Washington State Department of Agriculture, “Food Purchasing Resources,” accessed September 20, 2021,
agr.wa.gov/services/food-access/hunger-relief-resources/food-purchasing.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 53 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
26
WSDA's Farm to Food Pantry This initiative utilizes state Emergency Food Assistance Program
(EFAP) funds to help hunger relief agencies across the state
purchase fresh produce from their local farmers, increasing
access to healthier food options for low-income residents of
Washington.
King County Farmer’s Share Harvest Against Hunger is expanding upon the Farm to Food
Pantry program within King County. Through the King County
Farmer’s Share (KCFS), they are collaborating with hunger relief
agencies, small farms, and aggregators within the county. A two-
year grant from the King Conservation District has allowed
agencies to apply for funding to purchase produce directly from
farmers.
The Emergency Food Assistance
Program (TEFAP)
This is a federally funded (USDA) program that helps supplement
the diets of lower-income Washingtonians, including the
homeless. Through TEFAP, WSDA provides food and limited
operational funding to eligible nonprofit organizations, such as
community action councils, food banks, food pantries, meal
programs, and shelters.
Farm to Food Bank (FTFB) This is a federally funded (USDA) program whose purpose is to
reduce food waste by capturing donated food; to build
relationships between hunger relief organizations and
agricultural producers, processors, and distributors; and to
provide food to those who need it. FTFB provides funding to
eligible nonprofit organizations to pay for the harvest,
processing, packaging, or transportation of unharvested,
unprocessed, or unpackaged commodities donated by
agricultural producers, processors, or distributors for use by
TEFAP food pantries and meal programs.
WA State Farm to School
Initiative
WSDA put together a toolkit and provides training for education
and health institutions who wish to increase their local, healthy
food purchasing.
Local Food Infrastructure
A Local Food Facilities Opportunity Report completed in 2020 outlines the following key food landscape
infrastructure in King County.16
Co-Packers
Recent studies estimate that there are approximately half a dozen co-packers in the western
Washington region. However, these studies also indicate that few of these co-packers are set up to
assist small to medium-sized food companies.
16King County, “Local Food Facilities Opportunity Report,” 2020, accessed September 20, 2021,
https://your.kingcounty.gov/dnrp/local-food/documents/2020-KCLFF-Opportunities-Report.pdf
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 54 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
27
Food Processing
There are many food processing businesses—a similar business to co-packing—across Washington. Most
are not equipped—or regulatorily capable—to offer their services to external clients. The Local Food
Facilities Opportunity Report concluded that there was a lack of co-packing facilities for local farmers.
Thus, some farmers/food companies reportedly take their products to Oregon to be processed.
King County has experienced growth in food processing, as the number of small, owner-operated food
manufacturing establishments increased by 21 percent between 2009 and 2013. Southern King County
cities make up more than one-fourth of all food processor licenses. The City of Kent makes up the largest
cluster of licenses, with Renton, Vashon, and Tukwila following.
Cold Storage
Recent studies show that in King County there are at least 17 cold storage facilities and 6 major
distribution facilities. While there are large warehouse facilities in southern King County, there are
limited options to accommodate small-scale dry and cold storage needs. Small-scale food producers
need storage space to hold products as well as drop-off points for customers and aggregation.
Shared Commercial Kitchen Spaces
Research indicates that demand for commercial kitchen space in western Washington currently
outstrips supply. In King County, there are as many as 90 formal and informal shared commercial kitchen
spaces, with most being shared informally. Recent studies show that many of these kitchens have four
or more businesses licensed out of the same space. Most appear to be leased on an hourly basis.
Food Business/Entrepreneur Incubator Facilities and Programs
While more than 60 incubators/accelerators exist across the western Washington region, few cater to
the small and midsized food producers listed in table 10.
Table 10: King County Incubator or Entrepreneurship Facilities and Programs
Food Business
Resource
Center
A one-stop-shop for food entrepreneurs
to access skills, resources, networks, and
marketplace opportunities needed to
start, run, and grow a successful food-
related business
Developed and launched On-Demand
Packaged Food Course
Food
Innovation
Network’s
Food Business
Incubator
Program
Helping entrepreneurs launch food
businesses, providing training,
mentorship, subsidized commercial
kitchen access, and support with
permitting, licensing, menu planning, and
marketing
Spice Bridge became home to Food
Innovation Network’s Food Business
Incubator Program, which supports
under-resourced southern King County
residents, primarily women of color and
immigrants. Food entrepreneurs have
access to a commercial kitchen,
restaurant space, and a community hub.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 55 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
28
Rainier Beach
Food
Innovation
Center
A project of Rainier Beach Action
Coalition (RBAC) is a Black-led community
organization that is actively seeking to
address the racialized economic disparity.
RBAC will close on a site adjacent to the
Rainier Beach light rail station.
RBAC Center will support economic
opportunity through small new food
businesses, as well as education and
workforce development. The concept
includes classrooms and teaching
kitchens, an entrepreneurship center, a
marketplace, a food production facility,
and community services.
Seattle Good
Business
Network’s
Good Food
Economy
Offers three programs that are focused
on food as a means of small business
development
Good Food Kitchens supports local
farms and restaurants to feed
community members in need.
Good Food Forum connects
stakeholders to strengthen the
farm/sea-to-plate pipeline.
Foodtrepreneurs supports food-industry
entrepreneurs with community support
and networking.
Competitive Landscape
The competitive landscape was analyzed to understand the existing resources available in the Kent
Valley region that help support and sustain small businesses. This also included highlighting the
regulations and permits that can often create barriers to entrepreneurs.
Small Business Trends in King County
A recent SmartAsset study ranked King County 7th best among Washington’s 39 counties for small
business owners in 2020. Other Puget Sound–area counties include Snohomish County (23rd) and Pierce
(30th).17 In King County, almost 23.5 percent of the tax-filing population reported small-business income
and over 7.9 percent of total income was from small businesses.
Employment in the food manufacturing industry remained relatively stable despite the pandemic. Food
service employment trended downward in 2020 but appears to be in recovery as illustrated in table
11.18
Table 11: Nonfarm Food Industry Employment for King County
Industry Type August 2018 August 2019 August 2020 August 2021
Food & Beverage Stores 24,000 24,000 25,000 29,000
Food Manufacturing 12,000 13,000 12,000 12,000
Food Services & Drinking Places 105,000 106,000 71,000 90,000
The total number of King County establishments in the accommodation and food service industry grew
by 7.7 percent between 2016 and 2019, with the greatest increase in the small business categories of 5–
17 Puget Sound Business Journal, “Study: Here's Where King County Ranks Among the Best Places for Small
Businesses,” 2021, accessed September 20, 2021, www.bizjournals.com/seattle/news/2021/04/04/king-county-
ranked-wa-for-small-businesses.html.
18 Washington State Employment Security Department, “Labor Area Statistics.”
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 56 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
29
9 and 20–49 employees with about a 12 percent increase. Interestingly, annual payroll for these
establishments increased nearly four times the rate of increase for the number of establishments.19
Table 12: Accommodation and Food Services for King County
Year # of Establishments Annual Payroll ($1,000) # of employees
2016 6,274 2,820,720 112,942
2018 6,676 3,337,076 118,863
2019 6,754 3,566,246 122,992
Total % Growth (2016–2019) 7.7% 26.4% 8.9%
Training and Educational Programming
Washington State and King County have a network of both public and private organizations working to
improve food systems progress by offering training and educational programs to local food
entrepreneurs and by fostering relationships between various stakeholders.
Washington State
●Department of Agriculture: food processing; Food Safety Modernization Act compliance
●Food Business Resource Center: free monthly food business tool and training webinars; farmer
finance courses; packaged foods; business coaching
King County
●King Conservation District LIFT Farm to Education Program: establishes links between farms
and schools and introduces policies to support farm to school activities
●The Tilth Alliance: vegetable gardening; food preservation and cooling; permaculture; urban
livestock
●SnoValley Tilth: year-round mentoring and skill-sharing between experienced and beginner
farmers; livestock operational support; farm business-focused workshops
●21 Acres Farm: sustainable agriculture skill development
●Highline College’s Sustainable Agriculture Certificate/Degree Program: certificates related to
farming, conservation, education, nonprofit, and food system-related work
●Viva Farms: offers a practicum in sustainable agriculture and a farm business incubator
program
●Organic Farm School: provides an experiential training program for aspiring farmers to learn
and practice the skills they need to run a small-scale organic farm
●Washington State University’s Cultivating Success Program: provides planning and decision-
making tools, production skills, and support necessary to develop a sustainable small acreage
farm
●King County’s Local Food Initiative: promotes local food partnerships and collaboration through
outreach.
●Ventures: nonprofit offering business training and commercial kitchen rental
Inspection Regulations
Food establishments, including private homes, that manufacture, process, pack, or hold food for sale are
subject to the Washington food laws and related regulations. It is unlawful to operate a food business
19 U.S. Census Bureau, Data for Accommodation & Food Services 2016, 2018, 2019,
https://www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/economic -census/naics-sector-72.html.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 57 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
30
until it has been licensed and inspected by the local health jurisdiction as a Retail Food Establishment.
Catering food businesses need a food permit to prepare and serve food to private parties and events.
The state also requires that a catering business be operated from an approved commissary kitchen.
Producers must obtain a WSDA Food Processor License from the WSDA Food Safety Program to sell
processed foods whether selling direct to consumers at farmers markets, at farm stands, through CSAs
or selling to grocery stores, restaurants, or institutions as outlined in table 13.20
Table 13: Washington State (WSDA) Food Processor License Requirements
A WSDA Food Processor License is needed to: Producers are exempt and do not need a WSDA
Food Processor License if they:
• Cook, bake, freeze, slice, dehydrate, smoke,
roast coffee beans, bottled water, or repackage
any type of food
• Process/package food for someone else
• Make shelf-stable, low-acid canned food—i.e.,
canned vegetables, canned fish, retorted
pouches (vegetable or fish), bread or cake in a
jar, and chocolate sauce
• Further process finished dairy products (i.e.,
cheese cutting, flavored dairy products, frozen
ice cream desserts)
• Process dietary or nutritional supplements that
do not make health claims
• Process food that contains no more than 2
percent cooked or 3 percent raw USDA meat
ingredients by weight
• Process more than 1,000 poultry annually
• Merely wash and trim a raw agricultural
product and prepare or package for sale in their
natural state (i.e., fruits and vegetables)
• Process honey and are licensed under Chapter
69.28 RCW Washington State Honey Act
• Are an egg handler/dealer licensed under
Chapter 69.25 RCW Washington Wholesome
Eggs and Egg Products Act
• Are licensed under Chapter 16.49 RCW Custom
Meat Slaughter Act and do NOT process wild
game or poultry
• Handle shellfish and have a Certificate of
Compliance under Chapter 69.30 RCW Sanitary
Control of Shellfish Act
• Are licensed by the Liquor Control Board as a
Winery and Brewery operation
In Washington State, cottage food law makes it possible for farmers and food businesses to sell products
made in an inspected home kitchen instead of in a commercial kitchen. The Cottage Food Permit offers
a way for small-scale, home-based food entrepreneurs to make and sell specific prepared and processed
foods. Qualifying foods must be considered “low risk” and can only be sold directly to consumers (not
wholesale) at places such as farmers markets, farm stands, seasonal events and through CSAs.21
While cottage laws make it possible to sell produce and processed food, King County Farmer’s Market
Food Permit fees can be cost prohibitive to small business as illustrated in table 14 which shows the
prices as of 2020.
20 Washington State Department of Agriculture, “Handbook for Small and Direct Marketing Farms,” 2019, accessed
September 20, 2021, agr.wa.gov/departments/business-and-marketing-support/small-farm/the-green-
book/regulations-for-food-processing.
21Washington State Department of Agriculture, “Regulations for Food Processing: Cottage Food Permit,” accessed
September 20, 2021, cms.agr.wa.gov/WSDAKentico/Documents/DO/RM/RM/24_CottageFoodPermit.pdf.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 58 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
31
Table 14: King County Farmers Food Permit Fees
Single
Permit
Unlimited
Temporary Permit
Minimal food handling $128 $252
Moderate (Sampling potentially hazardous foods; reheating) $309 $801
Complex (Foods cooked from raw animal products; foods cooked and
cooled)
$374 $908
Buyer Landscape
There are many opportunities to purchase and consume local food in King County. The Sustainable
Connections Food and Farming Program launched the Eat Local First campaign in 2011 to encourage
people in Northwest Washington—residents and tourists—to choose local food. The Washington Food
and Farm Finder webtool provides listings of local businesses and organizations within the King County
area (see table 15).22
Table 15: Businesses Selling Local Food Products (King County)23
Category Examples within Category # of Entities/Locations
within and around King
County
Farms Dairy, eggs, flowers, nurseries, tree nurseries, fruit,
berries, meat, poultry, nuts, grains, beans, plant
seedlings, plant starts, vegetables, herbs
141
Markets &
Grocers
Farmer’s market, food co-op, grocer, local food box,
meal kits, online marketplace, food hub
49
Locally Made
Products
Beer, cider, wine, spirits, bread, baked goods, desserts,
ice cream, honey, pasta, preserved foods, tea, body
and home care, yarn, fiber, wool
39
Eat & Drink Bakery, desserts, brewery, catering, coffee, tea,
distilled spirits, food truck, restaurant, cafe
17
Local Resources Community garden, food bank, meal program, food
education, nonprofit, government programs, agencies
31
Within the four-county foodshed area, local produce is accessed through a variety of channels. Table 1 6
breaks down the key channels by county.
22Eat Local First, WA Farm & Food Finder, accessed September 20, 2021, www.eatlocalfirst.org/wa-food -farm-
finder/.
23 This search was conducted using the WA Farm & Food Finder within 25 miles of a centrally located ZIP code in
King County, 98065.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 59 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
32
Table 16: Local Food Channels in the Foodshed24
King Pierce Skagit Snohomish WA State
Farmer’s Markets 40 8 4 7 36
Community Supported Agriculture
(CSAs)
5 2 1 5 28
Food Hubs/ Distributors 3 1 1 0 8
Grocers (locally sourced) 33 2 5 6 -
Restaurants (locally sourced) 60+ 9 7 4 -
Farm to School: # of Schools 259 78 24 137 1098
While there is a plethora of sales channels, the NVA MarketSizer® shows there is additional potential to
meet some of the demand for local products with food that is produced locally.25
Table 17: The NVA MarketSizer®
What is the NVA MarketSizer®? A tool using data from public and private sources to calculate
unmet demand for local food at the state and county level
The NVA MarketSizer® Evaluates:
The potential for food to be produced in a chosen geographic
area
MarketSizer® Components
Local Quotient:
The percentage of category food sales produced within the area. A
result of greater than 100 percent indicates that local demand
could be met entirely with local production if it were directed to
these markets through a local food system.
Local Food Demand The approximate value of category wholesale sales that could
come from local sources if supply were available
Local Food Supply The approximate value of category wholesale sales produced
within the area based on the county level
Using inputs from the local region, the MarketSizer® reveals unmet demand for local dairy, meat,
poultry/eggs, and fruit/vegetable products in the King County foodshed. Local quotients do not consider
commodity exportation. While Skagit County could meet the local demand, much of their production is
sold outside the area (Skagit County is a leading producer in the nation for berries).
Table 18: Estimates for Unmet Demand for Locally Produced Food
King Pierce Skagit Snohomish WA State
Fruits & Vegetables
Local Quotient 1% 7% 390% 12% 250%
Local Demand $660,000,000 $250,000,000 $38,000,000 $220,000,000 $2,200,000,000
Local Food Supply $4,600,000 $18,000,000 $150,000,000 $27,000,000 $5,500,000,000
24 Eat Local First, WA Farm & Food Finder, accessed September 20, 2021, www.eatlocalfirst.org/wa-food-farm -
finder/.
25 New Venture Advisors, Local Food MarketSizer®, accessed September 20, 2021,
https://toolsite.newventureadvisors.net.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 60 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
33
King Pierce Skagit Snohomish WA State
Meat
Local Quotient 2% 0% 50% 6% 66%
Local Demand $200,000,000 $76,000,000 $12,000,000 $68,000,000 $670,000,000
Local Food Supply $3,200,000 $180,000 $5,800,000 $4,200,000 $440,000,000
Poultry & Eggs
Local Quotient 0% 0% 0% 28% 25%
Local Demand $95,000,000 $36,000,000 $5,500,000 $32,000,000 $320,000,000
Local Food Supply $160,000 - - $9,200,000 $80,000,000
Further insight into farmer’s markets in King County shows that there has been a steady increase in both
sales and number of vendors from 2017 to 2019. It is hypothesized that the pandemic in 2020 changed
the purchasing habits of a large portion of the population.26
Table 19: King County Farmer’s Market Vendors and Sales 2017–20
Farmer’s Market
(FM) Metric
2017 2018 2019 2020 % Change
(2017–19)
# of Markets Reporting 35 35 37 28 6%
Total # of All Vendors 1,885 1,733 2,120 1,236 12%
Total # of All Farm Vendors 827 875 850 695 3%
Average # Farm Vendors
per market
24 26 24 25 0%
Total Sales All Vendors $27,209,947 $23,712,584 $30,640,713 $15,482,976 13%
Total Sales All Farm
Vendors
$17,261,922 $14,348,534 $18,941,519 $11,375,947 10%
Secondary Research Analysis
The research highlighted some notable impacts on the proposed facility that correlated to the project
goals and influenced the operational design. 27
Regional Landscape Analysis
● Diverse population in Kent is rapidly increasing compared to the growth rates for King
County. Kent has a nonwhite majority at 37.4 percent, whereas 54 percent in King County
identify as White only. Further, three out of ten persons in Kent is foreign-born. The proposed
facility’s stakeholder and advisory groups are reflective of this larger proportion of refugees and
immigrants in the local population. Their input will be important to shape a facility that is
culturally relevant to the diverse community of Kent.
● King County has a slightly lower unemployment rate (4.8 percent) than the State of Washington
rate of 5 percent as of August 2021. While current unemployment rates are not available for
Kent, historically they have been higher compared to the county. Opportunities within the
proposed center to provide workforce programming, skill-training related to food processing
and food manufacturing occupations, and adult education to support small business
development will positively impact the local community.
26 Washington State Farmer’s Market Association, “King County Farmer’s Market Reports,” 2018, 2019, 2020.
27 King County, Local Food Initiative Annual Report, 2020.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 61 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
34
● While the average annual household income in Kent ($81,423) is higher compared to the st ate
average ($78,687), it is much lower than the average of all of King County ($102,594). In
addition, 33 percent of households in the southern King County–Kent region were ALICE
households, a higher percentage than the other regions in King County. Food insecurity, food
access, and affordable food options will continue to be themes of this proposed development
and should be integrated into the facility design and programming considerations.
● As gauged by local food licensing data, approximately 25 percent of all food processor licenses
applied for in the last two or three years are in southern King County, with the City of Kent
making up the largest cluster of licenses (followed by Renton, Vashon, and Tukwila—all
southern county cities). Kent supports a growing number of small, predominantly minority -led
small businesses focused on food products and services that support the proposed
development’s functions and goals.
Agriculture Landscape Analysis
● Between 2012 and 2017, the number of farms in King County only decreased by 2 percent, but
the number of acres in production decreased by 10 percent. Further, average net farm income
in King County is only $4,052, which is much lower than the state average. The continued
decline of income, acreage, and access to farms is a state -wide and county-wide concern. The
Kent Valley area supports many small, minority or refugee-focused farming collectives and
training programs focused on urban agricultural options and opportunities. The proposed
facility’s final design should consider the needs of this group as farmer/agricultural inputs can
often be different than those of small business/manufacturing.
● The high price per acre in King County makes agricultural production inaccessible.
Food Access Analysis
● Food insecurity has improved in King County. In 2019, annual estimates suggest 8.7 percent of
the population was food insecure, while in 2017 the estimate was 11.5 percent. While food
insecurity spiked with the pandemic, 2021 projections suggest that food insecurity remains close
to the 2019 rates.
● In Kent, 15.6 percent of households are enrolled in SNAP, which is double the county rates.
Available and accessible healthy foods remain a challenge in Kent. Unfortunately, food access
disproportionately affects people of color and seniors. The emphasis of the proposed facility on
providing programming and production that supports the creation of more affordable, culturally
relevant food options for the community is well connected to community need.
Local Food Landscape Analysis
● King County has a strong local food system and has the support for stronger local procurement
policies and incentives.
● While there are abundant infrastructure components for local food, there is a lack of access for
small-scale food entrepreneurs. Cold storage, distribution infrastructure support, and co-packer
availability is well below marketplace demand, with small businesses reporting a “lack of
resources” as a major impediment to growth. Further, existing cold storage, distribution
facilities, and co-packer facilities are, by majority, sized to support larger industrial customers
and companies, leaving a marketplace deficit for small and scaling companies. The proposed
facility presents an opportunity to provide infrastructure that responds to that demand.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 62 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
35
Competitive Landscape Analysis
● King County is ranked as a favorable place for small business enterprises, and the number of
small businesses appears to be growing. The state of Washington’s food production and
processing laws are not prohibitive and are typical of those policies of other states. King County
has standard regulations for food processing, although permitting for those products that
require refrigeration (e.g., meat and eggs) is cost prohibitive. The proposed facility will need to
integrate training programs to support licensed food business use of the facility.
● The cost of farmer’s markets permits is high and potentially cost prohibitive, which may inhibit
some small businesses from having clear avenues for retail entry into the local marketplace
(which farmer’s markets typically provide). The pricing of the proposed facility’s retail space will
need to be accessible to the intended audience.
● There are several educational and training programs to support individuals and businesses in the
King County local food sector. Providing a space for local food businesses to scale presents an
opportunity to integrate with rather than compete with existing programs.
Buyer Landscape Analysis
● Currently King County has a vibrant local food economy featuring farmer’s markets, CSAs, locally
sourcing grocers and restaurants, food hubs and small distributors, and farm-to-school
programming. Based on the Marketsizer data, demand for local product among shoppers and
wholesale buyers will support the growth and scale of small businesses utilizing the proposed
facility.
Primary Research Overview
NVA utilized three primary research tools—interviews, surveys, and community engagement meetings—
to complete the assessment needed for this feasibility study. These tools helped specifically to provide
qualitative inputs for the community and stakeholder needs assessment.
Figure 7: Primary Research Tools and Output Goals
Interview Goals
•Stakeholder Groups: Assess
needs of their
clients/community members
and interest in the project
•Community Groups: Create a
landscape assessment of
community need and
potential facility offerings
•Buyer/Procurement Sources:
Asses the local purchasing
landscape that would
support small business scale
•Identify potential anchor
tenants, operators, and users
Survey Goals
•Gather interest in the
proposed facilities space
components, offerings, and
programs from small
businesses, food
manufacturers,
entrepreneurs, and small
farmers
•Gather information about
technical and equipment
needs to shape facility design
•Gather pricing information to
shape facility financial
modeling
Charrette Goals
•Share research findings and
analysis with stakeholder and
community groups
interviewed and surveyed
•Gather inputs into initial
operating and financial
models and facility designs
•Continue the open
conversation to bolster
community interest and
support
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 63 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
36
Interviews
During the interview phase of research, NVA completed 25 initial interviews, which included nonprofits,
local businesses, education entities, co-packers, food manufacturers, incubation providers, funders,
grocery/retail, agricultural groups, and public agencies (5 additional follow-up interviews were
conducted with existing resources following the charrettes in late October). The interviewees were
sourced from advisory committee members, stakeholders who expressed interest in or provided input
into the project, and community organizations or businesses in the Kent Valley area who had relevant
input to share. The core study team’s recommendations were based on a desire to gain perspectives
from these groups and insight into their needs and challenges. NVA tailored an interview guide for each
audience (see appendix 2). Table 20 outlines the stakeholders and community members who were
engaged during the interview process.
Table 20: Primary Research—Interview Roster
Name Organization Title
1 AJ McClure Food Innovation Network, Global to
Local, Spice Bridge
Executive Director
2 Kara Martin Food Innovation Network, Global to
Local, Spice Bridge
Program Director
3 Van Nguyen Project Feast Executive Director
4 Matt Gurney Fare Start Chief Innovation Officer
5 Shamso Issak Living Well Kent Executive Director
6 David McFadden Port of Seattle Managing Director
7 Chris Coburn Rainer Food Works Owner
8 Chris Teeney Pacific Coast Harvest & Farm Stand
Local Foods
Co-Owner
9 Jennifer Antos Neighborhood Farmers Markets Executive Director
10 Brenna Dacis PCC Markets/Uwajimaya VP - Social & Environmental Responsibility
PCC Community Markets
11 Scott Owen PCC Markets/Uwajimaya
12 David Bulinda Wakulima USA Director
13 Deepa Iyer International Rescue Committee Senior New Roots Program Director
14 Tahmina Martley World Relief Seattle
15 Rich Shockley Highline College, Startzone Startzone Director
16 Dominique Juleon Business Impact Northwest – Food Biz
Resource Center
Chief Programs Officer
17 Chris Pierson Aerospace Joint Apprenticeship
Committee
Community Partnerships Manager
18 Leslie Mackie Macrina Bakery CEO
19 Bret Neely Seattle Gourmet Foods President
20 Eric Lane City of Des Moines Economic Relief & Resource Coordinator
21 John Schofield Culinex Facilities Manager
22 Eric Flintoff MedoSweet Farms CEO/President
23 Ginger Kwan Open Doors Multicultural Families Executive Director
24 Edward Butterfield Sound Transit Senior Project Manager, Transit Oriented
Development
25 Mark Crowell Culinex CEO
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 64 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
37
Results and Analysis
The interviews identified Fare Start, a local nonprofit focused on workforce development programs in
the food industry, as an anchor tenant looking to secure
approximately 30,000 square feet of production space for
co-packing and food-access support services and training.
Fare Start also stated interest in acting as primary
operator for the facility overseeing all operational spaces
day-to-day.
An additional seven organizations also expressed interest
in accessing space in some capacity (primarily kitchen,
event, and office space) and/or having access to the
production spaces for their program graduates or
community members.
Five organizations, including Fare Start, shared programs, services, or training that they could support
for other facility users, including co-packing services, adult education around business development, and
manufacturing support services. One interviewee shared an ability to provide capital or funding
supports to businesses and users of the facility.
Two priority themes emerged from the interviews:
1.Scalable Production Focus: The priority for the proposed facility among stakeholder groups was
to support scale and growth for food businesses emerging from primary incubation,
acceleration, or small business development programs and services. Anecdotally, interviewees
noted that the region supports several programs aimed at first -stage development for food
businesses and entrepreneurs and that this facility should not compete in this marketplace. The
facility would need to diversify its offerings to focus on businesses looking to produce at volume,
at scale, and with access to higher-capacity production lines and offerings.
2.Designated Community Voice and Inclusion: Stakeholders expressed concern that previous
projects had enunciated an early commitment to supporting refugee, immigrant, and diverse
communities in southern King County but eventually focused more on revenue-generating
clients or companies from Seattle or more established areas. Clear interest was expressed for
the long-term ability to integrate community review of resources, offerings, and structure of the
facility and to integrate these stakeholder voices and needs throughout the entire design,
development, and operational process.
The interviews also helped shape a developing collaborative system comprised of organizations,
community groups, and individuals. The stated priority of most of these groups was to provide
continuing opportunities to connect their existing clients, users, and community members with access,
resources, capital supports, and other tools to ensure their continued growth (whether personal or
small business development).
To this end, NVA created a system map (illustrated in figure 8) to define the programs and services the
facility can accommodate (“Programs & Services”), the organizations needing these programs and
Fare Start
•Anchor tenant (@30,000 sq. ft. of
production space)
•Primary facility operator
•Willing to share and collaborate in
production and support spaces (office,
event, etc.)
•Can offer co-packing service, training,
and support options for the facility
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 65 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
38
services (“Needs”) and the organizations in a position to offer them at the facility (“Can Offer”). This
map will continue to be shaped as development continues with the stakeholder groups.
Figure 8: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center System Map
Survey
The King County survey of food businesses and regional farmers was open for three weeks in
September–October 2021. There were 50 total survey respondents and 37 responses used for analysis.
Due to the low number of respondents, a cross-tabulation of the data was not possible. The survey had
a 64 percent completion rate and took an average 11 minutes to complete. Surveys were completed
via an online survey tool which was distributed by the core project team and stakeholder organizations
to their constituents, members, community representatives, and graduates.
Results
The following are the results for each question asked in the survey.28
Respondent Demographics and Business Makeup
Demographic questions were not required and were answered by 24 out of 37 re spondents.
28 Tables not referenced in the analysis here are provided in appendix 3. A full draft of the survey is provided in
appendix 4.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 66 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
39
Table 21: Survey Respondent Demographics (Table 1 of 2)
Education Income Ethnicity
Most respondents had a
bachelor’s degree or higher
10 M.A.
7 B.A.
5 Associate
1 Some college
1 H.S. Degree
Most respondents were
considered middle income for the
region (make over $80k)
7 $100k+
6 $80–$100k
4 $60–$80k
2 $20–$40k
Most respondents were White
14 White
7 Black/African American
2 Biracial
1 Asian
*nonwhite total = 10
Table 22: Survey Respondent Demographics (Table 2 of 2)
Business Type Business Stage Business Location
Most respondents were specialty
packaged product companies
10 Specialty packaged prod.
8 Restaurant
7 Farmer
6 Food Reclamation
4 Beverage
2 Baked Goods
Most businesses were start-ups or
early stage in earning revenue
15 Under 3 years*/ not
launched
4 3–5 years
2 5–10 years
7 10+ years
*years earning revenue
Almost all businesses were located
in King County
31 King (16 Seattle, 7 Kent, 8
Other)
1 Kitsap
1 Pierce
1 Skagit
3 Snohomish
Respondent Location and Business Specs (Q1–Q5, Q11)
Respondents came from 13 cities within King, Snohomish, Kitsap, Pierce, and Skagit counties. Most
respondents were from Seattle and Kent in King County. Of the 37 respondents, 28 operated a licensed
food business, with 9 respondents reporting that they are either not licensed or have not launched a
business yet. Most respondents (10) were specialty packaged product companies that produce fruit
spreads, herbs/spices, shelf stable products, beverages, sauces, condiments, and syrups. Eight
respondents were restaurants/caterers/food trucks and 7 were farmers. Most business respondents
report being nascent or start-up businesses at under three years old, while 7 businesses have been
generating revenue over ten years.
Table 23: Survey Q4
Q4: Type of Food Business Count
Specialty packaged product 10
Caterer/Restaurant/Food Truck 8
Farmer processing crops for value-added products 7
Food reclamation 6
Beverage (including beer/wine/spirits) 4
Baked goods 2
Total Respondents 37
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 67 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
40
Table 24: Survey Q5
Q5. Operation/Items Produced29 Count
Prepared foods (tamales, pies, burritos, hummus, meals) 7
Produce/Vegetables/Frozen Veggie Soups 6
Ethnic food (Chai, vegetables) 5
Beverages 3
Blended herbs and spices 3
Meal Kits 3
Other: Dog food/treats, ice pops, market lambs 3
Fruit spread/conserves 2
Sauces, dressings, condiments 2
Shelf stable products 2
Syrup/to mix in adult beverages 2
Total Respondents 37
Table 25: Survey Q11
Q11: Time Generating Revenue Count
<1 year 2
1–3 years 11
3–5 years 4
5–10 years 2
10+ years 7
Have not yet launched 2
Prefer not to answer 9
Total Respondents 37
Farmers interested in selling to a food hub (Q6 and Q7): Of the five farmer respondents, four reported
interests in selling to a food hub. Three farmers listed products they’d be willing to sell to a food hub.
Vegetables, herbs, peppers were the main items; however, amounts were very small, averaging about
ten cases of vegetables per month. Due to low farmer response rate and interest and low volumes
reported, it would be difficult to support local farm product aggregation and sales for this facility.
Table 26: Survey Q6
Q6: Interested in Selling to Food Hub Count
Yes 3
No 1
Maybe, if I had more information 1
Total Respondents 5
29 Operations included: Bakery, Conserve Company, Farmer, Grocery Supplier, Restaurant Owner & Supplier, Tea
Brewer, West African Food Company
Table 27: Survey Q7
Q7: Products Interested in
Selling to Food Hub Amount/mo.
Vegetables 35 cases
Peppers 10 cases
Green onions 25 cases
Total Respondents 3
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 68 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
41
Current production location / kitchen use (Q8–Q10): Of the 37 business respondents, 11 reported
currently producing out of a commercial kitchen (their own or someone else’s) and 4 report using an
existing shared kitchen. Five use a co-packer or co-manufacturer.Respondents reported using shared
kitchens in Tukwila and Bremerton and specifically using Macrina Test Kitchen (2), Northwest Gourmet
Foods, Meritage, Spice Bridge, and TOJO Commissary. Three companies reported using the following co-
packers: Food Lifeline, Hopelink, Fare Start, and Sky Valley Foods in Monroe.
Table 28: Survey Q8
Q8: Production Location Count
A commercial kitchen 11
At home 7
I am not currently producing 7
A shared kitchen / incubator kitchen 4
I use a co-packer/co-manufacturer 5
I am not current producing 2
Food truck or mobile kitchen 1
Total Respondents 37
Existing sales channels and wholesale interest (Q12 and Q13): Of 37 businesses, 20 report selling
directly to retailers like grocery stores or cooperatives. The majority of businesses (33) report doing
direct-to-consumer sales through their own business or farmer’s market. Twelve businesses report
selling through distributors or wholesalers. This indicates that the majority of business respondents may
need support in scaling their business in order to reach larger sales channels. However, 35 respondents
indicated at least some interest in selling to new wholesale buyers while only 2 were not interested.
Table 29: Survey Q12
12. Where do you / will you sell your products? Count
Retailers, grocery stores, cooperatives 20
My own store, e-commerce store, restaurant, or food truck 17
Farmer’s market, farm stand or CSA 16
Wholesale or institutions (schools, hospitals, etc.) 12
via Distributors 12
Restaurants and cafes 11
Food hubs 9
via Co-packer 4
Other 2
Total 37
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 69 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
42
Table 30: Survey Q13
Q13: Interested in Selling
to new Wholesale Buyers Count %
Yes 27 73%
No 2 5%
Maybe, if I had more
information 8 22%
Total Respondents 37
Suppliers of raw food materials (Q14): 17 businesses reported farmers as a primary supplier of local
farm products, and 9 reported getting local produce from traditional wholesalers. Only 2 businesses
reported not sourcing local products for their food business. This signals that there’s poten tial for food
businesses to purchase local products directly from a source located within the facility where they work.
Table 31: Survey Q14
Q14: Primary Suppliers of Local Product Count %
Farmers 17 46%
Traditional wholesalers (i.e., Sysco, US Foods, etc.) 9 24%
I do not source local farm products for my food business 3 8%
Agricultural cooperative 2 5%
Food hub 2 5%
Other (please specify) 2 5%
Retailers (i.e., other grocery stores) 2 5%
Total Respondents 37
Survey Responses Regarding Commercial Kitchen Facility Interest and Requirements
Commercial kitchen interest (Q15–Q17): Out of 37 respondents, 22 reported they would be “extremely
interested” or “very interested” in using a new commercial kitchen in the region. In an unaided question
asking what made users most excited about a new production space, 8 out of 28 cited opportu nities to
scale and access to more space as the top reason, followed by access to equipment (6) and access to
services like a loading dock and technical assistance (4). Other responses mentioned networking (3),
lowering production costs (3), and the location (2). Those who were not interested in utilizing a new
production space mostly cited that another space is meeting their needs or that they have their own
space (4 responses).
Table 32: Survey Q15
Q15: Interest in Using New Comm ercial Kitchen Count
Extremely interested 14
Very interested 8
Not very interested 3
Not at all interested 2
Undecided 10
Total Respondents 37
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 70 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
43
Facility requirements (Q18 and Q19): Out of 32 respondents, 19 selected storage square footage as a
top requirement for the facility. This was followed by specialized equipment for kitchen production or
food manufacturing (17) and special access hours (15). Co-packing services was also cited by almost half
of the respondents (15). This aligns with Q28, where “access to equipment” was listed as the top barrier
to scaling a business. Write-in responses included USDA certification and access to a forklift. Private
production space was required by 10 respondents, 1 of which specified they would need 1,500–3,000
square feet of private space. No other respondents listed their requirements for private square footage,
but 4 called out equipment needs: spice grinding equipment, cook kettles, hot-fill bottling equipment
(2), and packaging equipment.
Table 33: Survey Q18
Q18: Top Requirements Count
Storage square footage or pallet space (cold, frozen, or dry) 19
Specialized equipment – kitchen production or food manufacturing 17
Special access hours (i.e., 24-hour access, night access, daytime only, weekend access) 16
Access to co-packing service that processes my products according to my specifications 15
Private production space that only I can access 10
Access to a loading dock 4
Proximity to public transportation 3
Other (please describe) 3
Allergen free area 2
Total Respondents 32
Processing techniques (Q20): Top techniques listed by respondents included specialty cooking; cutting,
slicing, and shredding of fresh produce; canning; freezing; assembly of dry ingredients; bottling; and
grinding. Only one respondent listed smoking as a technique.
Table 34: Survey Q20
Q20: Processing Techniques Used Count
Specialty cooking (e.g., large scale braising, roasting, steaming) 8
Cutting, slicing, shredding of fresh produce 8
Canning or preserving in jars 7
Freezing - blast chiller 7
Assembly of dry ingredients 6
Bottling 6
Grinding 5
Other (please specify) 4
Drying, dehydration 4
Milling or grinding 4
Juicing 3
Baking 3
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 71 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
44
Fermenting 1
Smoking 1
N/A 1
Total Respondents 19
Facility utilization (Q21–Q23): Out of 20 respondents, 12 reported year-round use of the facility, which
is a positive indicator of consistent utilization throughout the year. Seasonal utilization rates peaked
between May and October, with September as the busiest month. This bell curve is in line with the
growing/harvest season and the production cycle that ramps up in preparation for the holiday sales
season that retail businesses push for toward the end of the year. Businesses reported an average of 23
hours of kitchen utilization per week and three staff members present per business while in production.
Table 35: Survey Q21
Q21: Production Months Count
January 1
February 1
March 2
April 2
May 6
June 6
July 6
August 7
September 8
October 7
November 3
December 2
Not seasonal / Year-round 12
Total Respondents 20
Table 36: Survey Q22
Q22: Hours Per Week in Production Count
1–20 hours 10
21–40 hours 6
Over 40 hours 4
Average 23.2
Total Respondents 20
Table 37: Survey Q23
Q23: People in the Kitchen Count
1 3
2 11
3 2
4 1
Over 8 3
Average 3.1
Total Respondents 62
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 72 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
45
Preferred pricing structures and rates (Q24 and Q25): Out of 20 businesses, 17 preferred or considered
a monthly fee for a set number of hours and storage to be the ideal pricing structure. An hourly fee
structure was least preferred. An hourly rate between $10 and $20 per hour was considered the ideal
range of pricing, with almost all respondents reporting any rate over $35 per hour too expensive to
consider.
Table 38: Survey Q24
Q24: Pricing Structures would
prefer
would
consider
would not
consider
Top 2
box
Hourly fee for kitchen use & monthly fee for storage unit 2 11 7 13
Monthly fee for a set number of hours and storage 8 9 3 17
Annual fee for unlimited hours and set storage 5 8 7 13
Total Respondents 20
Table 39: Survey Q25
Q25: Commercial
Kitchen Hourly Rate
so
inexpensive
you doubt
the quality
a
bargain
a good
value
too
expensive
to consider
Top 2 Box
(bargain,
value)
<$10 8 9 3 0 12
$10 5 8 4 3 12
$15 2 8 6 4 14
$20 1 4 7 8 11
$25 1 2 7 10 9
$30 1 0 5 14 5
$35 1 0 4 15 4
$40 1 0 3 16 3
$45 1 0 2 17 2
>$45 0 1 0 19 1
Total Respondents 20
Annual production volume (Q26): Businesses reported production volume in cases, units, meals, jars,
and pounds, with meals and pounds of product being the highest outputs by volume. Six write-ins noted
that the respondents didn’t know how much they produced or how to quantify their production.
Table 40: Survey Q26
Q26: Annual Production Volume Total
Cases 13,350
Units 47,000
Meals 1,600,000,000
Jars 1,000
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 73 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
46
Pounds 500,000
Total Respondents 20
Technical assistance services (Q27): The top five most valuable training services were navigating food
safety requirements; how to scale or produce at volume; marketing / sales support; accounting /
bookkeeping; and distribution support. Least valuable were collective purchasing, being part of a
business community, and fundraising.
Table 41: Survey Q27
Q27: Most Valuable Training Count
Navigating food safety requirements 14
How to scale or produce at volume 12
Marketing, branding, sales support 12
Accounting and bookkeeping 7
Distribution 7
Hiring, human resources and/or access to shared labor 6
General business strategy support / business plan development 5
Business growth strategy 5
Local sourcing 5
Recipe testing and support 5
Collective purchasing 4
Being part of a food business community 4
Fundraising and valuation 3
Other (please specify) 1
Total Respondents 20
Barriers to scaling business (Q28): Top barriers to scaling or producing at volume were access to
equipment, access to space, and access to capital. All three of these barriers could fall under the access
to capital barrier, as space and equipment need investment to be obtained. A facility that can provide
these resources at a low rate or fee would be of high value to these businesses.
Table 42: Survey Q2830
Q28: Barriers to Scale Count
Access to equipment 14
Access to space 12
Access to capital 9
Access to sales channels / buyers 6
Other (please specify) 2
Knowledge/experience 2
Total Respondents 20
30 Other: Sourcing at coop or wholesale price; compostable spice packaging; large customers' insurance and
paperwork requirements
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 74 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
47
Shared spaces and retail spaces (Q29 and Q30): Retail space and demo space for meetings with clients
or tastings were the top shared spaces listed by respondents (12). Classroom space and event space
followed, with 11 respondents reporting interest in these spaces. Event space received the highest
interest when combined with public and private space interest. Little interest in shared or private office
space. Of those respondents interested in retail space, a pop-up or temporary retail space was most
desirable (7 out of 10 respondents) while a short-term lease of a retail space was least desirable (3).
Table 43: Survey Q29
Q29: Shared Space Interest Not
interested
Moderately
interested
Very
interested
Top
2 N/A
Large gathering/event space used for public
events, fairs, lectures, conferences 6 6 4 10 4
Shared office space 12 4 1 5 3
Private office space 10 1 6 7 3
Classroom for food-related activities, seminars,
trainings, demonstrations 6 6 5 11 3
Retail space 6 5 7 12 2
Event space for private functions (reunions,
parties, etc.) 6 5 6 11 3
Demo space for meeting with clients or tastings 6 6 6 12 3
Other: Video production space for marketing,
Root crop wash station 3 -
Total Respondents 20 -
Ideal locale and transportation (Q31-Q33): In an unaided question, 8 out of 20 respondents listed
southern King County as the best location for the facility. Write-in responses were most concerned with
access to space to load/unload and easy to travel to. As 18 out of 20 respondents would use a car to
access the facility, proximity to freeways is important. Only 1 respondent said they would take a bus or
Sound Transit. Nine respondents reported willingness to travel 11–20 miles to access the facility, with 6
reporting they’d be willing to travel over 20 miles to a site.
Table 44: Survey Q31
Q31: Ideal Location Count
North King County 2
South King County
(Skyway, Kent, Tukwila) 8
Anywhere in King County 4
Near Vashon/ferries 2
Other 4
Total Respondents 20
*place with loading docks/truck access*
*place with easy access for workers*
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 75 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
48
Market for local (Q35): All respondents were asked questions about how they view the market for local
products in King County. Most agreed that individual shoppers and diners seek out and are willing to pay
more for locally made goods (17 out of 24) but that institutional buyers are not as willing to pay a
premium or seek out local products. There was less certainty around the institutional market and trends,
with most respondents unsure how they behave. Most respondents agreed that there’s potential for
farmers to sell, grow, and market local products but were less sure about whether the demand for local
product exceeds supply, with more than half of respondents saying they disagreed or were unsure.
Table 45: Survey Q35
Q35: Market for Local Products Agree Unsure Disagree
Shoppers and diners seek out locally produced products 17 5 2
Shoppers and diners are willing to pay more for locally produced
products 17 4 3
Shoppers and diners need education on the value of buying locally
produced food 18 3 3
Institutional buyers seek out locally produced products 7 13 4
Institutional buyers are willing to pay more for locally produced
products 5 14 5
Farmers can sell large quantities of locally produced products 12 7 5
Farmers can grow and sell a diverse set of products 14 1 9
Farmers have a diverse choice in customers to sell to 13 3 8
The demand for local product exceeds supply 10 3 11
Total Respondents 24
Demographics of Respondents
Age, gender, education, income, and ethnicity of respondents (Q36–Q40): Demographic questions
were optional, and 24 respondents answered. More than half respondents were between 40 and 60
years of age (15) and were female (16). Respondents had high education attainment, with most (17 out
of 24) having higher than a bachelor’s degree and 10 with a master’s degree. Only 1 respondent had
some college and a high school degree. Education level was reflected in the average incomes, which
skewed middle income with 13 respondents making over $80,000 a year and 7 of those making over
$100,000 a year. Only 2 respondents were low income. Most respondents were White (14 out of 24),
and 10 out of 24 reported being nonwhite; 7 were Black or African American.
Table 46: Survey Q36
Q36: Age Count
20–29 1
30–39 3
40–49 6
50–59 9
60–69 5
Total Respondents 24
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 76 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
49
Table 47: Survey Q37
Q37: Gender Identification Count
Female 16
Male 7
Prefer not to answer 1
Total Respondents 24
Table 48: Survey Q38
Q38: Education Count
High school degree or equivalent 1
Some college (1-4 years, no degree) 1
Associate degree (including occupational or academic degrees) 5
Bachelor’s degree (BA, BSc, AB, etc.) 7
Master’s, Professional, or Doctorate degree 10
Total Respondents 24
Table 49: Survey Q39
Q39: Income Count
$20,001 – $40,000 2
$41,000 – $60,000 0
$60,001 – $80,000 4
$80,001 – $100,000 6
$100,001 or over 7
Prefer not to answer 5
Total Respondents 24
Table 50: Survey Q40
Q40: Ethnicity Count
White 14
Black or African American 7
Biracial 2
Asian 1
Total Respondents 24
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 77 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
50
Analysis
The survey sample size was very small when compared to the population of the region and number of
businesses that exist in and around King County. It is hard to draw solid conclusions based on the low
response rate (37 total) and respondent completion rate (24 by the end). In addition, the demographics
of survey takers skewed toward White, middle income, highly educated respondents. There was
significant alignment among these survey responses, with often more than half of respondents agreeing
on specific features and requirements. Thus, survey results, when combined with other research and
community inputs, can signal a specific direction for the potential facility build-out.
With this caveat, these survey results speak to the user needs, desired features, and required services of
a commercial kitchen and production space located in King County. The importance of the caveat is to
note that this facility is being developed with a diverse, minority audience in mind. As noted, other
primary research tools collected direct input from these audiences.
Survey Respondent Identifying Features
Most business respondents were specialty packaged product companies followed by caterers/
restaurants and farmers. Food reclamation was another subset of respondents. The businesses and
organizations that provided input in the survey were small, startup food or early-stage businesses with
an interest in scaling, accessing additional equipment and storage space (dry, cold, freezer), increasing
wholesale sales with distribution support, and gaining access to additional capital. Only about a third of
businesses reported already selling through a distributor or wholesaler, which means that most
businesses would need technical assistance to produce at scale to meet wholesale requirements and
volume. Wrap-around services that help small business incubation and growth should consider a focus
on food safety requirements, marketing, branding and sales support, and basic business accounting and
hiring best practices.
Commercial Kitchen Access and Space
The top two responses (Extremely Interested and Very Interested) show that 22 out of 37 respondents
would be interested in using a new commercial kitchen in the region. In an unaided question asking
what made users most excited about a new production space, 8 out of 28 cited opportunities to scale
and access to more space at the top reason, followed by access to equipment (6) and access to services
(4) like a loading dock and technical assistance. Other responses mentioned networking (3), lowering
production costs (3), and the location (2).
Facility Location and Access Needs
In an unaided question, eight out of 20 respondents listed southern King County as the best location for
the facility. Write-in responses were most concerned with access to space to load/unload and easy to
travel to. As 18 out of 20 respondents would use a car to access the facility, proximity to freeways is
important. Only 1 respondent said they would take a bus or Sound Transit.
Pricing and Fee Structures
Businesses would support a monthly fee structure and could pay at most $20 per hour (or
approximately $1,500–$1600 per month based on an average of 20 hours of use per week). It is
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 78 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
51
preferred that the monthly fee structure would include storage and a set number of hours of usage of
the kitchen and/or production spaces. Many businesses reported seasonal usage with utilization peaking
in September and slowing down by December. It will be important to secure business clients that would
use the facility consistently, year-round, especially in winter months.
Equipment Needs
Additionally, equipment for rent or use on site would be of great use to businesses, both in the kitchen
space and in the general facility. Standard kitchen equipment for specialty cooking on a large scale in
addition to canning, freezing (blast chiller), and processing fresh produce was of great interest.
Packaging equipment and bottling equipment were also noted, in addition to forklifts and palletizers.
Out of 32 respondents, 19 selected storage square footage as a top requirement for the facility. This was
followed by specialized equipment for kitchen production or food manufacturing (17) and special access
hours (15). Co-packing services was also cited by almost half of the respondents (15). This aligns with
Q28, where “access to equipment” was listed as the top barrier to scaling a business. Write-in
responses included USDA certification and access to a forklift.
Additional Space Interest (Supporting Facility Spaces)
Survey respondents noted that providing storage or warehouse space—dry, frozen, and cold—is a key
requirement for the facility, as such space is a limited resource in the county. Pop-up temporary retail
space, a demo space, and some type of flexible event space (large enough for public gatherings but also
available for private rentals) had a lot of interest from respondents. These spaces could be combined in
a flexible arrangement to meet the needs of the business users and to aid in cash flow for the facility
through other rentals. Private production space had some interest; however, it was unclear from
respondents whether they wanted a sealed off private room or just a place to produce their goods, as
almost no respondents provided square footage needs and most cited access to equipment and capital
as a major barrier to growth. Private production space was required by 10 respondents, 1 of which
specified they would need 1,500–3,000 square feet of private space. No other respondents listed their
requirements for private square footage, but 4 called out equipment needs: spice grinding equipment,
cook kettles, hot-fill bottling equipment (2), and packaging equipment.
Farmer Inputs
Very few farmers completed the survey. Those that provided input were small farms that had very small
utilization needs for a commercial kitchen. However, there was some interest in selling produce directly
to the facility, although reported volumes were small. It is unclear whether this facility could support
local farm product aggregation or sales given the lack of input from this stakeholder group.
Stakeholder Design Charrettes
Three design charettes—two virtual and one in person—took place over two days from October 19–20,
2021, in Seattle and Kent, Washington. Key stakeholders, potential users, and tenants were invited to
participate in the operating model discussion and design sessions. In total, 17 people participated in the
charettes. NVA shared a synopsis of all market analysis conducted to date, a preliminary straw-man
operating model sized against three variations (small, medium, and large versions), and initial financial
budgets for the build-out of the three model sizes.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 79 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
52
Table 51: Community Charrettes - Participating Individuals and Organizations
Name Title Affiliation/Organization
1 Michael Lufkin Local Food Economy Manager King County
2 William Ellis Chief Economic Development
Officer
City of Kent
3 Michelle Wilmot Economic Development
Program Manager
City of Kent
4 Justine Berk Farm Services Program Manager SnoValley Tilth
5 Leslie Mackie Owner Macrina Bakery
6 Jessica Tousignant Program Manager Seattle Good Business Network
7 Kelly Okumura Program Manager Farm to Table
8 Eric Flintoff CEO Meadowsweet
9 Rich Shockley Director Small Business Development Center,
Highline College
10 Dave Glenn Executive Director SnoValley Tilth
11 Seth Schromen-Wawrin Food Access Project Manager Public Health – Seattle and King
County
12 Cynthia Yongvang President; Entrepreneur Hmong Association of Washington
13 Vero Vergara Farmer; Consultant Sweet Hollow Farm; Groundworks
Food Hub
14 Matt Gurney Chief Innovation Officer Fare Start
15 Meg Viera Senior Manager, Community
Engagement
Fare Start
16 Domonique Juleon Chief Program Officer Business Impact Northwest
17 Kara Martin Program Director Food Innovation Network; Spice
Bridge
Results and Analysis
The design charrettes were intended to re-engage stakeholder and community groups in order to:
●Share research findings and analysis with those who were interviewed and surveyed
●Gather their input on initial operating model, financial analysis and facility designs
●Continue the open conversation to bolster community interest and support.
The market analysis, initial operating models (across three sizes), and initial financial budgets for those
models were shared in a brief presentation. The charrette was conducted in three sessions spent in
conversations with the attendees facilitated by NVA and the core study team, covering the topics
illustrated in figure 9.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 80 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
53
Figure 9: Charrettes–Key Topics
Small Business Challenges
Key challenges mentioned for potential clients and users of the facility focused on the ability of these
small businesses to meet larger buyer volumes, quality control, and compliance. There will be a large
jump from receiving free services or production space currently available to start-ups in the region to
paying a monthly fee or lease rate. In addition, the jump in rate from shared to private production space
was seen as even more insurmountable for many small businesses. They will need support in making the
transition—whether via continued services, training offerings, programmatic elements, or capital and
financial offsets to allow for free or very low-cost access.
There was some discussion of buyers like PCC Markets and local restaurants who struggle to find local
product at the consistency and volumes they need to commit to buying from small businesses. Small
farms also face these challenges and struggle to provide consistent volumes or the specific produce of
interest to buyers. This discussion connected back to the initial goal of helping both small businesses and
farmers achieve scale to take advantage of these buyer relationships and opportunities.
Facility – Refinement of Concept (Space Uses)
Flexibility will be required (out of the facility design and concept) to meet the needs of a diverse set of
businesses. Stakeholders recommended keeping the physical space fluid to adjust and grow with the
businesses as they scale. There is interest in retail space by some potential users to be used as a
showcase space (versus a store) and a place to test out product/packaging. Some interest in community
kitchen usage that would potentially only be used a few times a year by specific community groups,
such as Wakulima USA, who noted that they would not want to own or run their own space. Fare Start
was clear that they want a collaborative space—not separate from other users (as anchor tenant and
primary facility operator)—with some private production space.
Processing space for handling raw farm product would be of interest and useful to Farm to Table, who
wants to process large volumes of produce a few times a year and store on site to be distributed to their
own clients (daycares, childcare facilities) throughout the year. They would also be interested in
contracting out this service and paying the facility to process the farm product for them.
Small Business
Challenges
Co-Packing &
Services
Technical
Assistance & Adult
Education
Facility -
Refinement of
Concept
Storage Facility
Governance
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 81 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
54
Co-Packing Needs and Services
Co-packing space was of high interest, but stakeholders stressed that the space should be very flexible
to accommodate for growth and ensure the lines could fit across many products (from bottling to
packaging to canning). There was also discussion around the possible role Fare Start could play in
offering co-packing services to other users rather than having facility users directly operate the
advanced equipment of manufacturing lines (which would require additional labor supports and
training).
Storage Needs
Storage was a top requirement discussed among all stakeholder groups. It was reported that demand
for cold storage may double in the next few years, so it was recommended to overbuild frozen and
chilled storage space. Produce and flower farmers need cold and frozen storage and would like rental
space inside a cooler to limit the need for transporting product back and forth. Longer term storage of
processed produce was also of interest Farm to Table.
Business Technical Support and Adult Education Needs
It was identified during discussions that small businesses need support in basic accounting, business
planning, and marketing/branding to develop a compelling story. These businesses need this story or
narrative to command premium pricing (and thus expand sales opportun ities with their scale). There
was also discussion around financial and growth support for businesses making the jump from free to
pay-for-service access. The proposed facility could act as an information hub/clearing house for small
business entrepreneurship and growth, connecting organizations with existing infrastructure in the
region, especially if the facility isn’t the right fit for a particular business.
There was limited discussion around the potential for buyers to work directly with entrepreneurs to
scale up and meet buyer requirements and/or get a reduction in the needed volume requirements to
begin selling into larger networks and distribution connections, with a stated desire for the county or
city (in supporting the facility) to line up buyers and have them heavily invest in the outcomes of the
vetted businesses involved.
There was also limited discussion on the adult education needs—such as continuing skill development
related to job opportunities and workforce training—that the proposed facility could address. Fare Start
noted that their use of the facility will be to support expanded workforce development programming
focused on co-packing and producing prepared meals and products for food access organizations and
related community needs. This training will expand to logistics and warehouse training as well (on site).
Additional needs expressed were for cross-training in culinary skills (advanced) or food manufacturing
skills that could translate to positions and job placement opportunities with larger manufacturers in the
region.
Governance and Partnerships
The facility will not be government run. A singular manager would provide the funding and leadership to
operate such a facility, but stakeholders stressed the need to include the community voice in operating
model design and development. There was discussion around building in input from the community like
a board or advisory council to ensure longevity and community buy-in and drive growth.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 82 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
55
Fare Start confirmed interest in being an anchor tenant and primary operator of the facility. Seattle
Good Business Network expressed interest in partnering and providing business and marketing support
to clients. Culinex and the Food Innovation Network have also expressed interest in part nership. The
idea of an incubator pipeline with existing facilities—Spice Bridge and Culinex, for example—was
discussed as the facility presents an opportunity to help determine the “best” space for graduates of
programs from around the region and to help match individual company needs to facility offerings. Spice
Bridge also confirmed interest in partnering and supporting efforts at the facility.
There was a discussion around the potential for the facility to provide sliding scale rates to be
subsidized by larger companies, that is, larger anchor tenants would help offset costs for smaller
businesses where access is a need or focus. This discussion, however, conflicted with the facility’s overall
goals of focusing on resources to support the minority and diverse communities of Kent and the
surrounding communities, and it was stressed by attendees that they do not want to see this facility
focus on attracting larger users from Seattle or northern regions just to cash flow or create revenue at
the facility.
Finally, there was an active conversation around the desire to construct a community contract or
related tools that would help ensure access, resource offerings, and related points for the core
stakeholder and community audiences involved in the development process.
Primary Research Findings
The following themes emerged from analysis of the survey results, interview synthesis, and stakeholder
design charrettes conducted in September and October 2021. Additional insights from relevant case
studies and market analysis data also inform this summary.
An important objective of this research was to gather qualitative information that validated the
proposed concept of the KVFEC and clarified the needs and desired uses of stakeholders and local
communities for which the facility would provide access and services.
Overall, there is a large demand for a multi-functional facility in Kent and the immediately surrounding
communities. A facility that promotes and supports the scale and growth of food-focused small
businesses, increases and supports food access (and food access programs), and provides continuation
services for the food business ecosystem would meet the core needs of region.
Table 52 summarizes key findings uncovered in the research:
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 83 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
56
Table 52: Qualitative Research Key Findings
Key Findings Core Discussion Points
Strong community partnerships
and voice in the development
and operation of the facility will
be necessary to support growth
and utilization.
To be a viable and successful center that delivers against the
stated goals for the diverse communities of need, the operator
of the proposed facility must ensure that these communities
maintain an active voice in its design and operation and that
facility spaces, uses, and services are priced to be accessible to
them. A model that lacks community engagement, or that
focuses on revenue over mission, will not meet the stated needs
of the greater Kent communities that have provided input to this
study.
Resource and program overlaps
will exist, but this center has an
opportunity to be a “next step” in
the local incubation ecosystem.
The center will need to ensure that its design, service offerings,
and programs do not duplicate existing programs or services
provided by community partners but instead focuses on offering
next-stage development, scale opportunities, and growth-
oriented programs and spaces. Partners will then be supportive
of offering their own resources, programs, and expertise to
cross-support functionality of the facility.
Traffic patterns – access for cars
and trucks – is an important
consideration for the final site
selection.
Potential users across all primary research tools expressed the
need to be able to access the facility via car or program van (for
loading/unloading of products and raw goods) and to accept
deliveries. The final site will need access points for two to three
docks to support the expressed traffic volumes, and parking will
be a key issue if the transit site is chosen as a final location.
Production and co-packing space
and services are of high interest,
but skills or labor to support
them are of concern.
Potential users and stakeholders across all primary research
tools expressed interest in the co-packing and advanced
manufacturing production spaces. Secondary data and
comparable facilities also provided support that there is a deficit
in the marketplace around these resources, access to equipment
and service supports. However, qualified labor that can support
user function on the equipment is a documented need
demonstrated by comparable facilities and expressed by
stakeholders familiar with the skill levels of potential users. Fare
Start’s ability to offset co-packing needs with service offerings or
training against equipment use might be a key feature of the
facility.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 84 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
57
Key Findings Core Discussion Points
Event, office, and retail spaces
are in demand (and nominally,
independent production spaces),
but financial means to support
them will be limited from the
targeted audience.
Stakeholders and potential users both expressed limited means
to support use or access of event, office, retail, and private
production spaces. Stakeholders emphasized the delta between
existing free programs and resources that potential users have
access to and graduating to shared and then private access
spaces with costs attached. Providing subsidized access points
for all facility features – but especially these spaces – will be
needed to guarantee access for some community members.
Food access is a need in the
community, and the facility
should aim to both create food
options and support food access
efforts locally.
Food access, both according to secondary data and primary
inputs, is a crucial element in Kent and the surrounding
communities. Fare Start’s stated desire to use the facility to
produce meals and products that will go into food-access service
streams supports this need. The facility should also ensure that
the retail or food service opportunities are accessible options
that don’t exceed local price points.
Sustainable operation of the
facility will require income from
public users and anchor tenants.
Research shows that comparable facilities must have a
combination of revenue from multiple streams to break even
and support overall operations in the first five years of
operation. Public users can offset a large percentage of revenue
needed via kitchen rentals, production space rentals, and related
uses, but the deficit in overall revenue will need to be matched
by Fare Start’s rent and operational input as anchor tenant. The
mix and balance of these revenue streams will be complex and
need to be responsive to user needs and access requirements
over time.
Business Model Implications
The following business model implications emerged from the primary research outlined above.
●Site Selection: The final site selection will need to consider parking and truck traffic in allocating
parking spots and designing loading dock access areas.
●Kitchen/production spaces: These spaces should be sized to accommodate volume production
and fully or partially automated production lines.
●Event/office/retail spaces: These spaces should be very flexible to be able to transition to
different set-ups and uses.
●Independent production spaces: These spaces should be positioned within the facility to be able
to support flexible use (or alternate use) if initial interest does not pan out with production
tenant demand for years 1–3.
●Fare Start uses: Fare Start is willing to share all spaces except some private kitchen and
production space. All spaces should be designed to maximize initial investment and lower build-
out costs by placing equipment lines, hood lines, and supporting mechanical needs alon g
common walls, and so on.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 85 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
58
●Retail spaces: Food service and pop-up opportunities are top interest areas for retail, which
means that the spaces will need to have access to foot traffic from customer groups looking for
food options. Alternatively, having other destination retail or food service options at the same
property could help attract an audience to the facility’s offerings.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 86 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
59
SECTION HEADER PLACEHOLDER (3 LINES)
Business Analysis and Facility Design
NVA worked with the core study team to develop a chosen operating model, identify case studies to support the
model, provide site selection criteria, perform preliminary breakeven and capacity modeling, and finally, develop
and submit the building program that lays the groundwork for future architectural design.31
Facility Feature Summary
Based on findings from the market analysis, the concept of the KVFEC was refined with a heavy emphasis on large-
scale, volume food-production and food-manufacturing spaces and services as demonstrated in table 53.
Table 53: Refined Facility Components and Use Cases (updated)
Proposed Space Components Proposed Use Cases
Shared (and private) Production,
Kitchen, and Processing Spaces
Business Scale (Production)
Volume Food Manufacturing
Volume Food Processing
Volume Food Access RTE Meals
Limited Small-Scale Ag Processing
Co-Packing Space and Equipment Business Scale (Co-Pack)
Workforce training opportunities
Co-Packing Services or Training
Job Skills (Food Manufacturing Industry)
Individual Production Spaces Business Growth
Flexible use for food-related businesses of all sizes
Warehouse and Storage Spaces Volume Distribution and Storage (Product – CPG & RTE)
Limited Ag Cold Storage Options
Office Spaces Flexible, Multi-Functional Private & Shared Access
Retail Spaces Small-Scale Access
Product Retail Opportunities
Event Spaces Incubation Ecosystem Technical Assistance, Business
Development Opportunities/Programs
Adult Education Opportunities/Programs
Job Training/Skills Training Opportunities
Community Engagement Opportunities
Outside/Support Spaces Community Engagement Opportunities (Cross-
Programming)
31 Relevant excerpts from this work are provided in appendix 5, including: the business matrix laying out the project’s business
model, the building program which categorizes all facility square footage, and space plans ideating operating models..
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 87 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
60
Facility Overview
The proposed KVFEC is a multi-functional facility that will integrate six to seven primary space components to
support the scale and growth of food businesses. The facility will have an emphasis on contract manufacturing.
These businesses may include:
● Scaling CPG product development and production
● Scaling RTE or food access meal development and production (anchor tenant)
● Raw ingredient (farm/ag) processing (fresh/frozen products)
● Scaling food-manufacturing or food co-manufacturing products
● Scaling food service businesses (catering, food trucks, etc.).
During the feasibility study, a single anchor tenant was identified: Fare Start. Fare Start is a Seattle-based nonprofit
organization focused on workforce development in various food industry fields. Fare Start is looking to expand its
training programming to include co-manufacturing, co-packing of prepared meals, and warehouse/logistics skill
sets. The proposed facility offers an opportunity to integrate these program expansions into collaborations with
local stakeholders, community groups, and small businesses looking for these services.
Additionally, the proposed facility would offer Fare Start an opportunity to collaborate with other stakeholder
groups to diversify their offerings and products to be more culturally representational with the communities they
serve. In exchange for these benefits, Fare Start has verbally expressed interest in sup porting the facility as a
primary operator and anchor space tenant. Their space needs are detailed in the component sections to follow.
The proposed facility is being designed with considerations for the requirements of two proposed site locations in
Kent, Washington (although other sites may be considered in future development phases). These sites include the
proposed transit station expansion in Kent being developed by Sound Transit and the Naden Street industrial
development site being developed to support expanded retail and industrial functions for the City of Kent. Both
sites, upon initial evaluation, can support all stated facility needs but may require different configurations based on
site constraints.
The proposed facility will also need to integrate programming and resources that support small business users
during scale and growth stages. The market analysis and research inputs clearly illustrated that there is a significant
delta that small businesses must overcome between early-stage launch and start-up development and next-stage
growth and scale. This delta is often referred to as the “Valley of Death” and is the term used to refer to the
difficulty of covering the negative cash flow in the early stages of a startup before their new product or service is
bringing in revenue from customers.32 Conversations during the qualitative research phase highlighted that this is
evident in the region and that small-business failure is seen locally when small businesses do not have quality
support for continuation services, growth/scale training or assistance, financial or capital assistance, and support
services related to buyer and procurement relationship development. If the facility can tap into its network of
partners to support and offer these types of services and training programs, then it will increase the likelihood of
success among users, which will, in the long-term, help to support the sustainability of the facility.
32 Martin Zwilling, “10 Ways for Start-Ups to Survive the Valley of Death,” Forbes (February 2013),
www.forbes.com/sites/martinzwilling/2013/02/18/10-ways-for-startups-to-survive-the-valley-of-death/?sh=4cc37c1669ef.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 88 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
61
Revenue-Generating Spaces and Uses of the Facility
The facility will generate revenue from usage across all its spaces and may be able to generate additional revenue
from services and programming fees. These potential sources of revenue are illustrated in table 54 and detailed in
upcoming sections.
Table 54: Revenue-Generating Spaces
Revenue
Types
Relationship to Spaces Relationship to
Programs
Lease Rent
(Long Term)
●Fare Start (anchor tenant) production space
●Independent production space
●Office space
●Retail space
●Structured as per-unit lease rates (per square foot or per
space designation) associated with a set frame – i.e.,
annual, multi-year, or shorter term
N/A
Rental Fees
(Short Term)
●Production and kitchen spaces
●Event, office, or retail spaces
●Structured as per unit fees associated with a set time
frame – i.e., short term, pop-up use, hourly, monthly, etc.
N/A
Storage or
Warehouse
Fees
●Set cost fees associated with specific units of storage,
warehouse space, or other specific resource spaces
●May be bundled with one of the two above fee or lease
structures
N/A
Program Fees ●Programs can cross-populate production, kitchen, and
event spaces to offer supporting services needed by small
businesses and could also be bundled into fees associated
with those spaces (for example, a set fee could be
bundled with kitchen access and storage for all small
businesses using the space)
Workforce,
business
development, and
adult education
related
programming
Service or
Support
Function Fees
●Parking, loading dock access (or for above set usage
limits), trash or utility percentage fees associated with
other tenants of the facility and/or long-term or heavy
access users
N/A
An important note is that the final operating design selected by the study group splits functionality of the space
between Fare Start’s needs as the anchor tenant (at about 45-50 percent of the space usage) and the public user
needs across all space components. Equally, the financial model was designed around the facility’s priority to
provide access using both local market rates and subsidized rates (rental rates, square footage rate estimates,
associated program fees, etc.) to benchmark what revenue could be expected to be generated by publ ic users of the
facility.
Fare Start, as the anchor tenant and primary facility operator, will also need to contribute to overall facility
operating budgets with a lease that makes up the deficit between the revenues contributed by the public revenues
and additional operational costs, which include:
●Payroll costs associated with labor needed to operate and oversee all the primary space components
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 89 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
62
● Utility costs for the facility
● Property taxes and insurance
● SG&A costs
● Debt financing costs (principal and interest)
Initial Models (Small, Medium, and Large)
The purpose of this section is to lay out the operational model options recommended by NVA for the development
of the proposed facility. This will include an updated narrative description of the final hybrid model selected by the
project partners, schematic designs, and complete financial projections including construction and startup costs.
Initially, three model options based on size (small, medium, and large) were proposed for consideration.
1) Small Model: This option was used as the base model. It retains all the primary function desired in the
proposed facility but includes only those use cases that were identified by stakeholders and initial analysis
to have wide support and interested users. This model represents the minimum to support stated
functions—some functions are combined in spaces and some programming is reduced to lower costs and
overhead. In the initial base model, Fare Start’s spaces were kept separate in order to begin to understand
where functional overlaps could be built in.
2) Medium Model: A scaled-up model that includes all use cases and facility components initially identified.
Storage and warehouse space were expanded to support the additional production spaces, and all
programming could be supported.
3) Large Model: This large-scale model integrates both additional growth space and supports a higher volume
of users. These elements were built in to increase foot traffic and revenue streams through added
programming and space that improve financial viability.
These initial three models were included in the charrettes held in late October to gain feedback from project
stakeholders on size, space use, and overall facility budget. Based on that feedback and the identification of Fare
Start as a primary anchor tenant, a series of conversations were held post-charrette with Fare Start and several
other stakeholders who expressed interest in spaces as potential tenants, active community users, or program
partners. Several conversations were also held with other facilities in the region to better understand the resources
and spaces they provide to ensure that the final model developed is collaborative and not competitive to the local
maker ecosystem.
The three size models were refined into one hybrid version that was more reflective of Fare Start’s needs for
independent production space and desire to integrate public usage needs into some additional shared spaces.
Revised Operating Model: Hybrid Model
A final hybrid model, informed by the project partners and Fare Start, was presented to stakeholders and the
advisory committee in mid-November 2021. The model, detailed in table 55, reflects both private needs (Fare Start)
and public needs (users, stakeholder community members) and integrates shared spaces, when possible, to
maximize initial build investment and resource usage.
In the following sections, a detailed description of each space component of the hybrid model is provided, along
with breakeven projections. Case histories were provided to the stakeholders and may be referenced; the full case
histories are provided in the appendix (appendix 6).
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 90 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
63
For each component, considerations relevant to the two proposed sites have been identified. The final
recommendations show that the facility could feasibly be sited in either of the two proposed locations.
Table 55: Hybrid Operating Model Outline
Space Component Use Description Size Considerations
Overview ▪ Model with dedicated space for all use cases and space
components
▪ Full ability to integrate all desired programming
▪ Combination of allocated private production space for
anchor tenant and other initial tenants and public-access
spaces
▪ Some spaces are shared function (i.e., both Fare Start and
public users would share these functions and access points)
50,230 square feet33
▪ 23,855 anchor tenant
▪ 26,375 – public space
/ shared spaces
Commercial
Kitchen Space
▪ Production kitchen for food access and volume production,
set-up with hot, prep, processing stations
▪ Demo kitchen for use for presentations, classes, or other
public-facing functions
▪ Ability to convert for community (gathering) volume
cooking needs
▪ Dedicated crop-processing space allocated
▪ Shared scullery space
▪ Configurable into 2 hot stations, 2 cold/prep stations, 1
processing station, 1 demo kitchen space
10,025 square feet
▪ 8,000 anchor tenant
▪ 2,025 public space
Production Space ▪ Food-safe production space with access to mechanized
manufacturing lines (i.e., packaging line, IQF, bottling line,
or similar)
▪ 3 production lines sized into space
8,300 square feet
▪ 5,000 anchor tenant
▪ 3,300 public space
Hub/ Warehouse
Space
▪ Designated warehouse for incoming/out-going product
holding (pallet-based storage and racking)
▪ Loading Docks (full size with levelers x 2, ground access x 1)
▪ Related equipment spaces to support functions
5,775 square feet
▪ 3,775 anchor tenant
▪ 2,000 public space
Storage Spaces ▪ Dry, refrigerated, and frozen storage spaces
▪ Pallet, shelf, and lockable cage storage options
12,600 square feet
▪ 6,600 anchor tenant
▪ 6,000 public space
Individual
Production Spaces
▪ Leasable white box production space to be outfitted by
tenant
▪ Configurable to support: 4 spaces at 250 sq. ft. and 6
spaces at 500 sq. ft.
▪ Spaces could be repurposed for additional retail space if
there was higher demand.
5,000 square feet (all
public space)
Retail Spaces ▪ Public-facing white box retail spaces to be outfitted by
tenant
750 square feet (all public
space)
33 Additional square footage for outside components (such as parking, truck lanes, and related outside support areas) is still to
be determined based on final layout chosen and is not included in listed totals here.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 91 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
64
▪ Pop-up, short-term, or long-term lease options
▪ Configurable to support 3 spaces (250 sq. ft.)
Space Component Use Description Size Considerations
Event/Multi-
Purpose Spaces
▪ Multi-functional space that can be configured to support
multiple uses, including:
▪ Shared conference room (12 pp)
▪ Welfare/gathering space for users and staff (20 pp)
▪ Classroom or event Space
▪ Private meeting pods (2–3 pp per use)
2,350 square feet (all
shared)
Office Space ▪ Private office spaces and co-working shared space
▪ 4 units of private office space (@100–125 sq. ft. each)
▪ 12–15 desks co-working space
1,380 square feet34
▪ 480 anchor tenant
▪ 900 public space
Support Spaces ▪ Building support spaces, including janitorial closet,
mechanical room, public and private toilets, transit spaces,
corridors
4,050 square feet (all
shared)
Outdoor Support
Spaces
▪ Function support space, including garbage, recycling,
composting, external compactors, external generator
holding, and potential solar or energy components
Square footage TBD
(dependent on final site
selection and function)
Outdoor Access &
Parking Spaces
▪ 2 x full-size loading docks (with levelers) to support truck
traffic of 5 trucks per day delivery (53-foot semi, 20–27-
foot box)
▪ 1 x ground level access dock to support program vans,
small box trucks, and standard vehicle traffic of 2–3 trucks
per day
▪ Parking supports for approximately 75–90 cars per day
(variable timing, higher volume in afternoon/evening)
Square footage TBD
(dependent on final site
selection and function)
Building Program
The building program is a tool that defines and describes each individual space within the facility, the activities that
will occur there, and its approximate square footage. It also details the users of the space, physical and adjacency
requirements, and technical specifications. NVA has expanded the development of the building program into an
operational workbook that is completed with the client and includes outlines of the following information (the
relevant worksheets of this workbook are included in appendix 5):
● Business Matrix, which details all space components and business functions within those spaces and
identifies users and revenue drivers for all spaces. The matrix is an outline that is based on the Food
Business Model Canvas, a tool used in business schools to help define and identify business needs
● Space Plan, which begins to design the space as a physical space and breaks down the uses within each
space
34 Initial estimate of breakdown between anchor tenant and public space use of office space is based on estimated need by Fare
Start. The final breakdown of space is still to be determined.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 92 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
65
● Technical Build-Out Tables, which begin to refine the technical elements of each of the spaces, including
the detail of equipment, physical building technical specifications, and specific needs such as defining labor
and other functions
● Building Program, a technical sheet that acts as the foundation for future architectural design and direction
and contains accurate breakdowns of square footage
● Cost Model, the first step in creating an overall budget model for the project. This initial financial worksheet
is a dynamic worksheet that allowed the core study team and relevant stakeholders to evaluate overall
build budgets for various model sizes.
Hybrid Operating Model: Component Details
The proposed KVFEC will consist of several shared and dedicated spaces that will support the facility’s viability and
meet the needs of the broader Kent Valley community. In the sections below, each component is detailed to
evaluate the following parameters:
● A description of the uses and program inputs
● An examination of the technical, logistical, and equipment-related considerations
● A description of the revenue potential and the drivers for revenue and cost assumptions built into the
financial model
● A detail of the considerations impacting the overall facility being sited on the Sound Transit proposed
station build-out.
The full facility would be operational 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, over 52 weeks per year. With this usage
need – and to allow appropriate or designated access to all spaces – a security or key-card system with designated
access areas will need to be integrated into final facility designs. Further, video cameras and related security
measures will need to be incorporated into an overall facility plan to ensure that food safety, user safety, and
community safety is protected.
Ideally, the full functions of the facility would be sited as a single facility on one level to allow for adjacencies of
space and shared function. It is important to note that the hybrid model, outlined below, has been designed to
take advantage of synergies of co-location and related uses and that the accompanying financial model (and
overall project budget) has been designed with these synergies (which take advantage of savings related to
equipment, build-out, space usage, etc.) built into the model analysis and financial assumptions.
However, the facility could be split into two buildings or across multiple floors as delineated below:
● Building 1 - Industrial Component Spaces: Includes kitchen spaces, production spaces, independent
production spaces, warehouse space/loading docks, storage spaces, and external support spaces (garbage,
recycling, generator pads, etc.) all sited in a single facility, preferably at ground level or at grade. Truck
access (for all size trucks and program vehicles) would need to be available for three loading dock access
points (two full size and one at grade).
● Building 2 – Public Facing Spaces: Includes retail space, office space, and event space that can each be sited
independently or together in a second facility. Ideally, this second facility should be at ground level to
maximize exposure to foot traffic and allow for easy public access into these spaces.
● Variables (All Components): The following space components have multiple options in terms of their final
location within the two buildings detailed above –
o Demonstration Kitchen – Ideally the demo kitchen should be sited near the other kitchen
components to maximize usage and build-out resources. However, it should still have the ability to
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 93 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
66
allow public access (community members, user clients, guests) into the space during its use and
thus could be independently sited away from the industrial components.
o Independent Production Spaces – Independent production spaces could be utilized as additional
retail space if they were co-located within that space. If they are located within the industrial
functions, this re-purpose of space option would be negated.
o Office Space/Event Space – Both the office and event spaces do not require ground-level siting. As
space allows, either of these could be sited on an above-ground floor adjacent to other uses (i.e.,
second floor, top floor, etc.).
Moving these space components to a nearby building, floor, or alternative site or space will remove the flexibility
built into the hybrid model, which was designed to allow room for growth, alternative usag e options to offset
light usage or lack of support for a specific space, and the ability to allow additional access points for community
groups or stakeholders.
The hybrid model and its related financial model are dynamic models that have been designed to allow for
adaptation as this development process continues. However, these adaptations or changes may eliminate options
of use as laid out in the language of each space component below.
Bubble Diagrams of Hybrid Operating Model
NVA created three facility layouts that reflect the hybrid operating model design outlined below and are responsive
to the needs of the two proposed sites. Snapshots of these bubble diagrams are included below; full versions are
included in the appendix (appendix 7).
Please note, these concept renderings are being provided to illustrate the space concept and are not fully detailed
for access, compliance, or full-scale usage at this time. Layout and full-compliance access considerations, such as
hallways, stairs, elevator shaft
area, doorways, lobbies,
reception portals, vestibules, and
common restroom facilities have
been considered in the general
and total-square-footage
allocations for the build-out.
Bubble Diagram Version 1 –
Sound Transit Site (Single
Building)
The first diagram (figure 10) is a
single-building, single-level layout
that fits onto one of the two
proposed locations available at
the Sound Transit proposed transit station location. The single building would be at ground level and offer all space
components in one facility, with limited parking adjacent.
Figure 10: Bubble Diagram 1 (Sound Transit, Version 1)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 94 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
67
Bubble Diagram Version 2 –
Sound Transit Site (Multiple
Buildings)
The second version (figure 11)
is an alternate layout that
spreads facility components
across two or more buildings on
the two proposed locations
available at the Sound Transit
station location. The larger
building housing the primary
production space and industrial
functions would be at ground level and offer these space components in one facility, with limited parking adjacent.
The event, retail, and office spaces are grouped in a second facility and could be in an adjacent building or on
higher-level floors of the same or adjacent buildings. It is recommended that these spaces still have walkable access
back to the functional spaces in the primary building to allow users and staff access to all functions of the facility(s).
Parking would be split between both lots and could also be further reduced to support additional retail, housing, or
alternate uses on one or both lots.
Bubble Diagram Version 3
–Naden Avenue Industrial
Site (Single Building)
The final diagram (figure 12)
is a single-building, single-
level layout that fits onto the
proposed development at
the Naden Avenue industrial
site. The single building
would be at ground level and
offer all space components in
one facility, with parking
adjacent.
Figure 11: Bubble Diagram 2 (Sound Transit, Version 2)
Figure 12: Bubble Diagram 3 (Naden Avenue Version)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 95 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
68
Commercial Kitchen Space
The commercial kitchen space will be a state-of-the art technical production space focused on large-scale, high-
volume production by both the anchor tenant and public users. The users of the kitchen spaces will include both
anchor tenant staff and clients (Fare Start) and public users (stakeholder members/graduates, public community
members, small businesses, and entrepreneurs).
Programmatic plug-ins for the kitchen spaces will focus primarily on skill-based workforce training. This training will
be a part of the anchor tenant’s (Fare Start) workforce development programming. Training on co-
packing/manufacturing line equipment, job-based skills around logistics and co-manufacturing, and skills training
around high-volume production could all be offered by partners to users of the kitchen space.
The kitchen space will need to be designed to accommodate four primary use groups each with a designated area.
Multiple configurations are possible and should be considered in the final design.
Table 56: Kitchen Space Component Technical Specifications
Use Group Use Description Square Ft.
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
Anchor Tenant
(Fare Start)
Kitchen Space
Fare Start will require
autonomous space outfitted
with high-volume
commissary kitchen
equipment to allow to
produce food access meals
(frozen and ready to eat),
prepared food items, and
processed and/or frozen
fruit and vegetable
production (i.e., chopped,
cleaned fruit and vegetables
for use at area schools,
pantries, and related users).
The space has been sized to
support total annual meal
counts and food pounds
required by Fare Start, which
will require staff spacing for
approximately 50 pp during
production times.
8,000 sq.
ft.
●Ansel and steam hoods (no specialized) to cover equipment
(40+ feet of run combined) and related ducting to exterior
joint control for all hoods (roof)
●Standard height ceilings (min 12-15 ft)
●HVAC sized to control for temperature (heat/cool) and
humidity of environment with related ducting to exterior
●All surfaces commercial grade for food handling and
bacterial management (food-safe, smooth, cleanable
surfaces)
●Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-down floor slope
incorporated into design (count TBD)
●Commercial sinks (1, 2-bay, and hand sinks as code
designated, approximately 6-10 total)
●3-phase electrical build for equipment needs (high volume,
high demand)
●High volume, high demand for gas connections (with shut-
off related to Ansel system and back-flow regulators
integrated into design)
●If above grade, reinforced floor for total equipment weight
(high)
Commissary
(Public Use)
Kitchen Space
Shared space designated for
high-volume production for
CPG, culinary/catering, or
food access organizations.
Equipment and design
include the ability to
segment the space for up to
four (4) simultaneous users
(1-4 employees/staff each)
or a smaller number of
1,425 sq.
ft.
●Ansel and steam hoods (no specialized) to cover equipment
(12+ feet of run combined) and related ducting to exterior
joint control for all hoods (roof)
●Standard height ceilings (min 12-15 ft)
●HVAC sized to control for temperature (heat/cool) and
humidity of environment with related ducting to exterior
●All surfaces commercial grade for food handling and
bacterial management (food-safe, smooth, cleanable
surfaces)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 96 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
69
Use Group Use Description Square Ft.
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
higher-volume users using
full space.
Space allocation includes
scullery station with 3-bay
sink, pass-through
dishwasher set-up, and
space to support two (2)
staff for all kitchen functions
(all user groups).
● Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-down floor slope
incorporated into design (count TBD)
● Commercial sinks (1, 2-bay, and hand sinks as code
designated, approximately 6 total)
● 3-phase electrical build for equipment needs (high volume,
high demand)
● High volume, high demand for gas connections (with shut-
off related to Ansel system and back-flow regulators
integrated into design)
● If above grade, reinforced floor for total equipment weight
(high)
Crop/Produce
Processing Space
Shared-use space designated
for the cleaning, sorting, and
prep related to field crops.
Equipment and design sizes
the space for one user (1-2
employees/staff) using the
full space.
100 sq. ft. ● No hoods
● Standard height ceilings (min 12-15 ft)
● HVAC sized to control for temperature (heat/cool) and
humidity of environment with related ducting to exterior
● All surfaces commercial grade for food handling and
bacterial management (food-safe, smooth, cleanable
surfaces)
● Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-down floor slope
incorporated into design (count TBD)
● Commercial sinks (2-bay, and hand sinks as code
designated, 2 in space total)
● Standard electrical demand
● No gas connections in space
● Standard load for floor
Demo Kitchen
Space
Shared-use, public-facing
space designated for
presentations,
demonstrations, or cooking
classes for users/community
members with integrated
technology supports
(recording, sound support,
demonstration screens).
Equipment and design sizes
the space for one user (1-2
employees/staff) using the
full space and approximately
6-12 guests.
500 sq. ft. ● Low-sound Ansel system hood (5 ft maximum run)
● Standard height ceilings (min 12 ft)
● HVAC sized to control for temperature (heat/cool) and
humidity of environment with related ducting to exterior
● All surfaces commercial grade for food handling and
bacterial management (food-safe, smooth, cleanable
surfaces)
● Standard floors (tiled)
● Commercial sinks (1-bay, and hand sinks as code
designated, 2 in space total)
● Standard electrical demand
● Standard gas demand
● Standard load for floor
TOTALS 10,025 sq. ft.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 97 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
70
The kitchen spaces will be a primary revenue driver for the building. Revenue will be generated from the anchor
tenant’s lease and hourly, monthly, or bundled rentals of the other three kitchen spaces. In the market analysis,
survey respondents expressed interest in receiving a set bundled price for kitchen access, storage, and related
support fees (utility demand, loading dock access, parking, etc.).
● Lease Revenue – An annual or multi-year lease for the anchor tenant’s (Fare Start) use of their dedicated
space at market rates.
● Rental Rate Revenue (Market Rates) - Pricing rates for the public space components (commissary kitchen
space, processing space, and demo kitchen space) were configured to reflect market rates—approximately
$20 per hour hot line, $15 per hour cold line, and $10 per hour processing space. The demo kitchen would
rent for a market rate of $100 for a usage of approximately 2-4 hours.
● Rental Rate Revenue (Subsidized Rates) – A percentage of the user base will also be intermixed with those
supporting subsidized or no-cost access rates based on commitments to the stakeholder groups and
community groups involved in the project. For example, it is assumed, in setting capacity for this
component, that 10–15 percent of the time clients of community and stakeholder groups may be using the
space at discounted rates or no-cost access for community groups cooking for a benefit or placemaking
event.
● Capacity Assumptions - The financial model assumes that the facility would be open and accessible to users
24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year (100 percent capacity). To allow for this access, which
supports users that have alternate jobs (day jobs) or are looking for production patterns to support specialty
needs (i.e., overnight baking to support morning delivery demands), a security card system or key -card
system to allow designated access for the facility and security cameras to monitor users would be
recommended for the site.
● Breakeven Capacity - The public commercial/demo kitchen and production components were combined in
the financial model and have an assumed capacity usage of 45–55 percent in the first three years, nearly
breaks even by the end of year 3, and generates a profit in the forecast thereafter. Net profit in year 4 is
$76,000 and in year 5 is $177,000.
● Cost Assumptions - The kitchen spaces have been allocated approximately 28 percent of the operational
burden of the overall facility lease (based on their revenue potential and overall percentage of space). This
lease rate includes the space component’s portion of utilities, labor needs associated with overall building
upkeep, and a portion of overall building SG&A. A dedicated kitchen manager will be required to oversee
booking, operation, and upkeep of the space during primary business hours (5 days per week). A salary of
$65,000 per year (includes tax and benefits) was allocated for this role and assumed as a cost for this
component.
In terms of logistics within the overall facility layout, the kitchens should be sited near the production space, storage
spaces, and warehouse spaces if possible. All corridors connecting the kitchen and these spaces will need to be food
safe—meaning users will need to wear hair nets and appropriate attire—or else appropriate measures will need to
be taken to package and secure food items before transiting to other spaces.
Impacts on the proposed site locations relating to the build and development are considerations about noise,
ducting, and the load bearing required for the construction of this space. The considerations are detailed in table
57.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 98 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
71
Table 57: Kitchen Space Component Site Considerations
Site Considerations Naden Site Implications Transit Site Implications
Ducting for Ansel/steam hoods will
need to run to an external point with
full access for repair and cleaning,
typically an accessible rooftop
location.
● Additional cost
considerations for extensive
duct runs
● Additional cost considerations for
extensive duct runs
● Sound/vibration considerations related to
hood run noise (during all operating
hours) for tenants or resident units
HVAC will need to be appropriately
sized to control for temperature
(heat/cool) and humidity of
environment. And ducting will need
to be run to an external access point
(as delineated in the hood section
above).
● Additional cost
considerations for extensive
duct runs
● Additional cost for
integration of humidity
control
● Additional cost considerations for
extensive duct runs
● Sound/vibration considerations during
high-use periods (fans/motors) for tenants
or resident units
● Additional cost for integration of humidity
control
Kitchen and production spaces (and
segments of warehouse) will need to
be outfitted with floor drains,
equipment drains, and/or concrete
or related surface floors that can be
hosed down (with the appropriate
floor slope incorporated into design)
for easy cleaning.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
Sewage and waste access piping
needs to be appropriately sized to
handle flow from equipment drains
for high-volume drainage and
emergency use.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
High-volume equipment will require
3-phase connections and have high-
demand pulls during peak usage
operational times.
● Additional service to site
during build and
development
● Additional service to site during build and
development
Gas demand will be high for the
commercial kitchen component and
will require appropriate regulators
and shut-off builds integrated into
the line and hood operating systems.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
● Gas company assessment for demand
against commercial and residential users
Equipment total tonnage may be
higher than normal for both kitchen
and production spaces depending on
final equipment chosen.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Equipment tonnage may require
reinforced floor joists to offset load
depending on final site layout and location
of component spaces
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 99 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
72
Production Space
The production space will allow for small and medium-scale food manufacturing and processing to occur within the
facility. The primary function of the production space is to provide food-safe space in which mechanized, or partially
mechanized, manufacturing lines can be run to allow both private and public users to manufacture or package foo d
products at high-volume scale.
The anchor tenant, Fare Start, will use their allocated space for high-volume packaging of prepared meals and
processed foods. Their space may include a packaging line, IQF (individually quick freezing) line, or related
manufacturing lines to support these functions. The public spaces have been sized to accommodate two to three
initial manufacturing lines that will be chosen based on final demand from users. Based on survey input and
interview input the leading options are a packaging line, bottling line, liquid extruder set-up, IQF line, or dehydration
station. The users of the public space will be primarily CPG companies looking to develop scale for distribution.
Programming related to the production space will be primarily focused on workforce development but should take
the following into consideration:
● The operations of the anchor tenant (Fare Start) in their primary production spaces will integrate workforce
development programming designed to teach production, warehouse/logistics, and manufacturing skills that
would be useful across food-related industries.
● With the skills programming being designed by Fare Start and the complexity of operational need for many of
the proposed manufacturing equipment lines, it may be advisable that Fare Start handle the operation of the
manufacturing lines in the public spaces, offering these runs at a price that includes labor and final product run
time. This will promote training of their client base and allow public users to have skilled operation of the
equipment.
● Alternatively, if Fare Start does not offer this as a service, skilled labor that can support the function of the
manufacturing lines in the public spaces and training for public users would need to be incorporated into
program offerings to make this space usable and safely functional.
The production space will need to be designed to accommodate manufacturing equipment with two different
primary user groups as detailed in table 58.
Table 58: Production Space Component Technical Specifications
Use Group Use Description Square Ft
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
Anchor
Tenant
(Fare Start)
Production
Space
Fare Start will require
autonomous space outfitted
with manufacturing lines that
allow for the finish and
packaging of prepared meals,
frozen meals, and processed
food products.
This may include:
● IQF lines
● Packaging lines
● Bottling or liquid fill lines
The space has been sized to
accommodate equipment plus
approximately 12–15 production
staff during peak times.
5,000 sq.
ft.
● Extended height ceilings (min 18–20 ft.)
● Standard HVAC for cooling/heating control
● All surfaces commercial grade for food handling and
bacterial management (food-safe, smooth, cleanable
surfaces)
● Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-down floor slope
incorporated into design (count TBD)
● Commercial sinks (1, 2-bay, and hand sinks as code
designated, approximately 3–4 in space total)
● 3-phase electrical build for equipment needs (high volume,
high demand)
● If above grade, reinforced floor for total equipment weight
(high)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 100 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
73
Use Group Use Description Square Ft
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
Public Use
Production
Space
Shared space outfitted with
manufacturing lines that allow
for CPG production and
packaging at volume.
This may include:
● IQF lines
● Packaging lines
● Bottling or liquid fill lines
● Canner/retort or pasteurizer
● Dehydration equipment
● Basic wet-fill or dry-bar
production lines
The space can accommodate 2–3
manufacturing lines (depending
on final selections) that can
support 1 company per 8 hours
of run, or 3 company runs per
day.
3,300 sq.
ft.
● Standard steam hood may be required for specific
equipment pieces (retorts) with external ducting
● Extended height ceilings (min 18–20 ft)
● Standard HVAC for cooling/heating control.
● All surfaces commercial grade for food handling and
bacterial management (food-safe, smooth, cleanable
surfaces)
● Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-down floor slope
incorporated into design (count TBD)
● Commercial sinks (1, 2-bay, and hand sinks as code
designated, approximately 3–4 in space total)
● 3-phase electrical build for equipment needs (high volume,
high demand)
● High volume, high demand for gas connections (with shut-
off related to Ansel system and back-flow regulators
integrated into design)
● If above grade, reinforced floor for total equipment weight
(high)
TOTALS 8,300 sq. ft.
The production space will be a primary revenue driver for the building. Revenue will be based on both lease revenue
derived from the anchor tenant’s allocated space and rental revenue derived from hourly, monthly, or bundled
usage of the other three kitchen spaces.
To devise a fair market rate for public use of the manufacturing line equipment and space, several
assumptions/costs need to be built into that rate, which include:
● Prototype Time and Materials – A minimum of 3–5 hours per product will need to be built in for
prototyping and setting up the product on specific equipment lines (such as wet fill, dry bar, high pressure
processing, etc.). For the financial model, a 5-hour prototype fee of $150 per hour was assumed to offset
this time, material costs, and labor costs.
● Labor Costs – Most of the equipment pieces in the production space will be sophisticated manufacturing
equipment that will either need to be operated by skilled labor or offer training for public users with labor
allocated for assistance and oversight during run times. For the financial model, a labor fee of $23 per hour
was matched for each hour of run time to allocate for one individual to serve in this role.
● Run Times – A standard run time on most of the equipment pieces specified for the production space will
require 6–8 hours to produce 1–4 pallets of product depending on the skill of the operator and other factors
(correct formula/product specifications, adequate prototyping, etc.). For the financial model, an 8-hour run
time (or one run per day) was built into the assumptions at a rate of $80 per hour for peak usage hours (8
am – 8 pm).
● Run Breakeven – Based on an analysis of the cost of run times and associated fees, most public users will
need to complete 6-8 “runs” of their product in a calendar year to break even on the prototyping
investment into the manufacturing lines.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 101 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
74
All these assumptions were built into the financial model to reflect lease rate revenue and rental rate revenue and
to determine capacity needs for the production space component to break even. The largest single factor involved
in this space component breaking even is the investment into the equipment, which is being offset by public
investment from King County and the City of Kent and integrated into the overall lease burden assigned to all
components.
● Lease Revenue – An annual or multi-year lease for the anchor tenant’s (Fare Start) use of their dedicated
space at market rates.
● Rental Rate Revenue (Market Rates) – Pricing rates for the public production space component integrated
all the costs detailed in the section above, producing a market rate of $1,574 for a single run (includes
prototype fee, labor costs, and total run of 8 hours).
● Rental Rate Revenue (Subsidized Rates) – An assumption has been built into the financial model that a
percentage of users would be able to support market rates, intermixed with users at subsidized or no-cost
access rates based on commitments to the stakeholder groups and community groups involved in the
project.
● Capacity Assumptions – The financial model assumes that the facility would be open and accessible to
potential users 24 hours per day (allowing 3 runs per day), 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year (100 percent
capacity). To allow for this access, which supports users that have alternate jobs (day jobs) or are looking for
production patterns to support specialty needs (i.e., overnight baking to support morning delivery
demands), a security card system or key-card system to allow designated access for the facility and security
cameras to monitor users would be recommended for the site.
● Breakeven Capacity – The public commercial kitchen components and production space components were
combined in the financial model. With an assumed capacity usage of 45–50 percent in the first two years
across both spaces, they would be able to break even and generate a profit by year 2. This would generate
approximately $80,000 in revenue in year 2.
● Cost Assumptions – The production spaces have been allocated approximately 28 percent of the
operational burden of the overall facility lease (based on their revenue potential and overall percentage of
space). This lease rate includes the space component’s portion of utilities, labor associated with overall
building upkeep, and a portion of overall building SG&A. Three part-time (30 hours a week) production staff
were built into costs for this space to oversee its operation, upkeep, and equipment during primary business
hours (5 days per week).
In terms of logistics within the overall facility layout, production space should be sited near storage, warehouse, and
kitchen spaces if possible. All corridors connecting production to these spaces will need to be food safe—meaning
users will need to wear hair nets and appropriate attire —or else appropriate measures will need to be taken to
package and secure food items before transiting to other spaces.
Impacts on the proposed site locations are considerations about noise, ducting, and the load bearing required for
the construction of this space. The considerations are detailed in table 59.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 102 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
75
Table 59: Production Space Component Site Considerations
Site Considerations Naden Site Implications Transit Site Implications
Ducting for steam hoods (depending on
final equipment mix chosen) will need to
run to an external point with full access
for repair and cleaning, typically an
accessible roof-top location.
● Additional cost
considerations for extensive
duct runs
● Additional cost considerations for
extensive duct runs
● Sound/vibration considerations
related to hood run noise (during all
operating hours) for residential units
on site
HVAC will need to be appropriately sized
to control for temperature (heat/cool) and
humidity of environment. And ducting will
need to be run to an external access point
(as delineated in the hood section above).
● Additional cost
considerations for extensive
duct runs
● Additional cost considerations for
extensive duct runs
● Sound/vibration considerations
related to hood run noise (during all
operating hours) for residential units
on site
Production spaces will need to be
outfitted with floor drains, equipment
drains, and/or concrete or related surface
floors that can be hosed down (with the
appropriate floor slope incorporated into
design) for easy cleaning.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
Sewage and waste access piping needs to
be appropriately sized to handle flow from
equipment drains for high-volume
drainage and emergency use.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
For appropriate clearance around certain
manufacturing lines, a high-bay room
height would need to be integrated into
the design plan.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design – may
impact where this space can be sited
depending on final layout (and uses of
space on upper floors sited above)
High-volume equipment will require 3-
phase connections and have high-demand
pulls during peak usage operational times.
● Additional service to site
during build and
development
● Additional service to site during build
and development
Gas demand will be high for the
commercial kitchen component and will
require appropriate regulators and shut-
off builds integrated into the line and
hood operating systems.
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
● Gas company assessment for demand
against commercial and residential
users
Equipment total tonnage may be higher
than normal for both kitchen and
production spaces depending on final
equipment chosen. 35
● Planned integration into
design is standard for
commercial builds
● Equipment tonnage may require
reinforced floor joists to offset load
depending on final site layout and
location of component spaces
35 If a full-size IQF (individual quick freezing) or HPP (high pressure processing) line is integrated into the design, the floor will
require significant reinforcement to offset these loads.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 103 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
76
Warehouse and Storage Spaces
The warehouse and storage spaces are support spaces that may be used by all facility users (private tenants, public
users) to support the functions of other space components.
Programmatic plug-ins relate mainly to the warehouse components, which will be primarily focused on skill-based
workforce training, such as the training that will be a part of the anchor tenant’s (Fare Start) workforce
development programming including job-based skills training around logistics and warehous ing.
These support spaces will need to allocate appropriate space for the functions detailed in table 60. Storage space is
the most frequently cited component that facilities undersize and run out of quickly, especially if they have high
usage and demand. Further, survey respondents reinforced the need for warehouse and cold storage in their
responses.
Table 60: Warehouse/Storage Space Components Technical Specifications
Use Group Use Description Square Ft
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
Warehouse
Space
(Includes
loading
docks)
The warehouse space for both private
and public uses has been designed
primarily for the holding of pallets of
incoming materials/supplies and
outgoing finished product.
All warehouse space was sized against
the assumption of approximately 200
pallets of product transiting the space
per month, with approximately 100–
120 pallets holding in place in the
warehouse.
The warehouse sizing also incorporates
internal turn-around space for
equipment to move among racking and
3 loading dock sites (2 full size with
levelers, 1 ground level).
5,775 sq. ft.
● Extended height ceilings (min. 20 ft.)
● Monitoring for temperature and
humidity for product holding
● Commercial sinks (hand sinks as code
designated, approximately 1–3 in space
total)
● If above grade, reinforced floor for total
equipment weight and product loads
(high)
● Traffic considerations for truck, program
vans, and user vehicles transiting to
loading areas during all production times
(volume of traffic, under facility loading
access, and noise/pollution
considerations)
Storage
Spaces
Storage integrates dry, refrigerated
(walk-in), and frozen (walk-in) holding
for in-process, raw, or finished
product. To this end, storage was sized
to accommodate pallet, standard
shelving, and lockable FSMA approved
individual shelfing cages. 36
The warehouse sizing assumes the
holding of @100–150 pallets (or
comparable smaller sized goods)
across all three types of storage.
12,600 sq. ft. ● Extended height ceilings (min. 18–20 ft.)
● Monitoring for temperature and holding
for product holding.
● Walk-in boxes will require external or
well-ventilated siting for compressor and
fan units.
● 3-phase electrical build for equipment
needs (high volume, high demand)
36 The federal Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) was updated in 2019 to reflect new standards for storage in shared
facilities and food manufacturing facilities to ensure autonomy and secure storage of product and to prevent contamination of
foodstuffs that will be entering the public food streams.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 104 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
77
● If above grade, reinforced floor for total
equipment weight and product loads
(high)
TOTALS 18,375 sq. ft.
The warehouse and storage space components, while integral to the overall building’s needs and value, do not
generate significant revenue. Frequently, the fees that generate nominal income for these space components are
wrapped into total pricing against other spaces (i.e., kitchen space, production space, or retail space). Users of the
storage and warehouse spaces will be both private tenants and public users and most frequently associated with
usage of the kitchen, production, and retail space components.
The financial model was built using the following assumptions regarding rates for these spaces:
● Lease Revenue – An annual or multi-year lease for the anchor tenant’s (Fare Start) use of their dedicated
storage and warehousing spaces at market rates.
● Rental Rate Revenue (Market Rates) – Pricing for public users to store product in the warehouse or storage
spaces would be set according to type and amount of storage. To ensure all storage space and upkeep is
adequate, pricing would be at market rates.
o Pallet Based Storage: Pallet storage would be priced at $45 per month per pallet for dry or
warehouse storage and $55 per month per pallet for refrigerated or frozen storage.
o Shelf Based Storage: Secure shelf storage (shared racking) would be priced at $25 per month per
standard (24”x 48”) shelf for dry or warehouse storage and $30 per month per standard shelf for
refrigerated or frozen storage.
o Cage Based Storage: A FSMA-approved, secure, lockable storage cage (typically on wheels) would
be priced at $60 per cage per month for all storage types.
● Additional Fees – If the facility reaches full capacity over time (or nearly, at approximately 80–85 percent
total usage and capacity), the primary facility operator may need to incorporate additional fees to control
traffic and volume coming into the facility, such as:
o Delivery/Dock Charges – a flat fee for all deliveries above a specific cap based on total delivery load
size
o Equipment or Odd Size Storage Charges – a flat fee for all equipment or odd-size loads that need to
be stored and may take up floor square footage or have additional needs (such as electrical or
temperature needs)
o Cross Docking Charges – the facility has not been designed to support cross-docking, but if this
service was in demand and space allowed to support its needs, a pricing structure for turnaround
storage would need to be devised.
● Capacity Assumptions – The financial model builds storage capacity based on total available square footage
space (i.e., total amount of pallets, shelves, and cages that can be accommodated across all spaces).
● Breakeven Capacity – The warehouse, at approximately 50–55 percent capacity, will break even and
eventually (in years 3–5 of operation) generate a nominal profit. The storage spaces, although vital to
operations, will not break even until at capacity (which is not assumed to be met in years 1–5), and thus an
operational deficit of $30,000–$50,000 per year will need to be rolled into overall operational costs or offset
by other components.
● Cost Assumptions – The warehouse and storage spaces have been allocated approximately 2 percent of the
operational burden of the overall facility lease (based on their very limited revenue potential). This lease
rate includes the space component’s portion of utilities, labor needs associated with overall building
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 105 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
78
upkeep, and a portion of overall building SG&A. No additional labor or costs were allocated against these
spaces.
In terms of logistics within the overall facility layout, the warehouse and storage spaces must be sited near the
loading dock access point or, in terms of the multi-level transit site, near the commercial utility elevator that will
service those areas.
Impacts on the proposed site locations involve floor load (holding volumes for equipment and product) and traffic
considerations for the loading dock. The considerations are detailed in table 61.
Table 61: Warehouse/Storage Space Components Site Considerations
Site Considerations Naden Site Implications Transit Site Implications
For appropriate clearance around
pallet shelving and fork -lift access to
high shelves, a high-bay room height
would need to be integrated into the
design plan.
● Planned integration into design
is standard for commercial
builds
● Planned integration into design – may
impact where this space can be sited
depending on final layout (and uses of
space on upper floors sited above)
The demand against electrical when
compressors and fans in walk-in
refrigerator and freezer units cycle on
for cooling will have high-demand pulls
during peak usage operational times.
● Additional service to site during
build and development
● Additional service to site during build
and development
Shelving, product, and equipment total
tonnage may be higher than normal
for both kitchen and production spaces
depending on final equipment chosen.
• Planned integration into design
is standard for commercial
builds
● Equipment tonnage may require
reinforced floor joists to offset load
depending on final site layout and
location of component spaces
The facility requires 2 full size loading
docks (with levelers) to accommodate
all truck types (up to 56’ semi) and 1
ground-level loading dock for program
vans and small vehicles sited at ground
level.
Space will need to be allocated to
accommodate access to the docks,
which means allowing for an
appropriate turn radius for trucks to
back up into the dock sites or for
trucks to pull through this space post-
load/unload.
● Appropriate space for turn-
around or pull-through for all
truck types
● Short-term parking for small
trucks and program vans (user
or delivery access)
● Appropriate space for turn-around or
pull-through for all truck types
● Short-term parking for small trucks and
program vans (user or delivery access)
● Noise remediation for beeping, truck
noise during off-hour deliveries (early
morning) for impact on residential
units on site
● Pollution remediation for truck
emissions for impact on residential
units on site
Independent Production Spaces
Independent production spaces have been integrated into the design to allow small businesses and entrepreneurs
to graduate from shared space facilities into their own small-scale production space. In connection with the
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 106 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
79
expressed goals of the facility, these component spaces will aim to bridge the gap for small businesses that have
grown too large for shared space or are looking to establish their own operational space prior to building their own
facility. The independent production spaces also offer established food businesses, organizations, and service-based
businesses an opportunity to co-locate within a facility where innovation and production are key to day-to-day
operations and give these businesses direct access to entrepreneurs.
The independent production spaces will provide food-safe, white box space in which users can outfit the space with
their own equipment and production needs to manufacture, market, or package food products at scale. Users
would still have full access to the rest of the building’s spaces and support services.
Ten (10) private production spaces have been integrated into the design. Four (4) small at 250 square feet and six
(6) large at 500 square feet. All spaces would be white box with connections for gas, electric, water, and ducting
needed to support production, and all FF&E (furniture, fixtures, and equipment) would be the responsibility of the
tenant. These spaces would be available for lease terms set by the primary operator but could be short term (pop -
up) or annual or longer-term leases.
Survey respondents and interviewees expressed limited interest in the independent production spaces, so the final
facility design could integrate the ability to re-purpose this square footage as additional retail, production, or
event/office space as usage demands are understood. As discussed previously (Hybrid Operating Model –
Components Spaces Overview), if the building is split to accommodate two facilities at a site/location, then this
ability to re-purpose the space would only apply to adjacent functions (i.e., if sited with the industrial components it
could offer additional production value, with the event space it could offer additional event space, etc.).
Programming related to business growth, scale, marketing, or other principal needs should be integrated into the
overall facility plans to support businesses in these independent production spaces. Programming of this type is
addressed in the event space section below.
The independent production spaces will need to be designed to accommodate an assortment of user types—
manufacturers, marketers, prod ucers, growers, packagers, service-based businesses, and so on.
Table 62: Independent Production Space Component Technical Specifications
Use Group Use Description Square Ft
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
Independent
Production
Spaces
Ten (10) independent
production spaces with white
box finish (connections only)
will offer users the
opportunity outfit spaces to
their own specifications and
needs (FF&E, etc.)
● Four (4) x 250 sq. ft.
spaces
● Six (6) x 500 sq. ft.
spaces
5,000 sq. ft.
● Standard height ceilings (min. 12–15 ft.)
● Standard connection points for electrical, gas,
ducting, and related production hook-ups
● All surfaces commercial grade for food handling
and bacterial management (food-safe, smooth,
cleanable surfaces)
● Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-down
floor slope incorporated into design (count TBD)
● 3-phase electrical build for equipment needs (high
volume, high demand)
TOTALS 5,000 sq. ft.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 107 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
80
The independent production spaces will contribute revenue to the facility via short - or long-term lease structures.
However, it is assumed that this facility and these spaces are being built and designed to support stakeholder
programs’ graduates and community members looking to build scale into their food businesses. With this
consideration in mind, some leases should be kept at a very low or below-market rates to support access to these
designated community members and may need to be structured without penalt ies regarding short-term length.
The financial model was built with market rates and subsidized rates built in.
●Lease Revenue (Market Rates) – Pricing rates for the individual production space components were set at
$2.40 per square foot for market rate leases.
●Rental Rate Revenue (Subsidized Rates) – An assumption has been built into the financial model that a
percentage of users would be able to support market rates, intermixed with users at subsidized or no -cost
access rates based on commitments to the stakeholder groups and community groups involved in the
project.
●Capacity Assumptions – The financial model assumes that the facility would aim to rent all ten spaces for
annual full-year leases (100 percent capacity).
●Breakeven Capacity – The independent production spaces would need to be at least 75–80 percent leased
for full-year leases to break even with the associated operational costs. Based on lower capacity
assumptions of 45–65 percent in the first five years, this component is not expected to contribute revenue
to the overall financial operations in that time and will burden the overall facility operational budget with a
loss of $30,000–$50,000 per year in the first five years if the spaces are unleased or the space is not
allocated for other uses.
●Cost Assumptions – The production spaces have been allocated approximately 6 percent of the operational
burden of the overall facility lease (based on their revenue potential and overall percentage of space). This
lease rate includes the space component’s portion of utilities, labor needs associated with overall building
upkeep, and a portion of overall building SG&A. No additional operational costs were placed against this
component.
In terms of logistics within the overall facility layout, if the independent production spaces will be focused primarily
on manufacturing and production use, then they should be sited near the storage, warehouse, and kitchen spaces if
possible. All corridors connecting these production spaces and the support spaces will need to be food safe—
meaning users will need to wear hair nets and appropriate attire—or else appropriate measures will need to be
taken to package and secure food items before transiting to other spaces. However, this space could be sited near
the public-facing retail or event spaces so that unleased spaces could be integrated to support those needs as well.
In terms of the proposed site locations, these space components do not have any ne w implications that have not
been addressed in other space component sections. The considerations are detailed in table 63.
Table 63: Independent Production Space Component Site Considerations
Site Considerations Naden Site Implications Transit Site Implications
Floor drains, equipment drains, and hose-
down floor slope are incorporated into
design (including appropriate waste access
and equipment drains for high-volume
drainage and emergency use).
●Planned integration into design
is standard for commercial
builds
●Planned integration into design is
standard for commercial builds
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 108 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
81
The demand against electrical and or gas
may have high-demand pulls during peak
usage operational times.
●Additional service to site during
build and development
●Additional service to site during build and
development
●Gas company assessment for demand
against commercial and residential users
Depending on each space user’s individual
needs, users focused on production will
most likely need to park personal or
program vehicles on-site during production
time periods and will contribute to truck
traffic as materials come into and go out of
the facility.
●Integration into planning for
loading dock/truck access,
parking allocations, and
associated building needs
●Integration into planning for loading
dock/truck access, parking allocations, and
associated building needs
Retail, Office, and Event Spaces
The building design includes the integration of public-facing retail spaces, office space (both private and shared),
and event spaces to support the other functional uses of the overall facility.
●Public-Facing Retail Space: Three (3) small retail spaces of approximately 250 square feet each have been
included in the facility design. These will be white box retail spaces located in a public-facing section of the
facility to allow for foot traffic or related public revenue to support users’ vending needs. The individual spaces
will need to be outfitted by their tenant to serve their specific business, and users will have full access to the
rest of the building’s spaces to support their overall operation.
●Office Space: Multi-functional office space has been included in the facility design that can support private
office and co-working/open plan or shared officing for facility users and stakeholder organizations.
●Event Space: Multi-functional event space has been included in the facility design for shared use among anchor
tenant users, stakeholder organizations, and public users. Discussed uses have included a conference room, a
classroom space, a configurable open event space, and individual meeting pods for small meetings.
All these spaces have been sized to accommodate a variety of facility users (anchor tenants, stakeholder
organizations, public users, and community members), and basic outfitting (desks, chairs, tables, basic support
equipment) has been figured into budgets for the overall build of the spaces.
There are multiple types of programming that these spaces can support:
●Adult Education, Technical Assistance, Job Training: Office space and event space may support this
programming, which would complement on-site skill and job training opportunities. Stakeholder
organizations have expressed interest in using these spaces (specifically event space) to hold job fairs, offer
apprenticeship training opportunities, and offer classes that support continued adult education around food
manufacturing and production skill sets.
●Business Development Programming: Stakeholder organizations and local community organizations like
community colleges have expressed interest in supporting continued business development programming
focused on accounting, legal, marketing, branding, pricing/financial, and sales. Depending on the format,
these programs may use all the varied event spaces or open-plan office space and could integrate specific
opportunities for retail space tenants.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 109 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
82
●Community Program Extensions: Multiple stakeholder organizations have also expressed interest in short-
term access to office and event space for community or client gathering, placemaking space, or related
functions.
With these programming plug-ins in mind, the spaces have been configured to have optimal flexibility in the final
design to serve usage needs that may change over the first few years of operation.
Table 64: Retail, Office, and Event Space Component Technical Specifications
Use
Group
Use Description Square Ft
Allocation
Technical & Space Considerations
Retail
Spaces
Three (3) private retail spaces of
250 square feet each have been
built into the design plans. Each
space is a white box retail space
with basic connections for retail
set-up or vending.
*As discussed earlier, unleased
independent production spaces
could also be integrated into this
usage.
750 sq. ft. ●Standard-height ceilings
●Standard connection points for electrical and basic
vending needs
●Public-facing location within the facility to allow for public
access into retail
Office
Spaces
Convertible office space that can
be sized to serve all users,
includes:
●4 units x 100–120 sq. ft. each
private office space
●12–15 desks of co-working or
shared open-plan office
space
●Support space for copy
machines, computer access,
etc.
1,380 sq.
ft.
●Standard-height ceilings
●Standard connection points for electrical and technology
needs
●Accessible location to support facility users and/or
community access needs
Event
Spaces
Convertible, multi-functional
event space that can be
configured to serve multiple user
needs, includes:
●Shared conference room for
up to 12 pp
●Shared welfare (staff/user)
space for 15–20 pp
●Shared classroom space for
20–30 pp
●Convertible event space (25–
50 pp)
●Small pod client meeting
spaces (2–3 pp per pod)
2,350 sq.
ft.
●Standard-height ceilings
●Standard connection points for electrical and technology
needs
●Public-facing location within the facility to allow for public
access into event spaces
TOTALS 4,480 sq. ft.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 110 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
83
Retail, office, and event space will each contribute revenue to the facility. As with other components, it is assumed
that this facility and these spaces are being built and designed to support stakeholder programs’ graduates and
community members looking to build scale into their food businesses. With this consideration in mind, some lease
and rental rates should be kept at a very low or below-market rates to support access to these designated
community members and may need to be structured without penalties regarding short -term length.
The financial model built in market rates and subsidized rates.
● Lease Revenue (Market Rates) – An annual or multi-year lease for the anchor tenant’s (Fare Start) use of
their dedicated space within the office space component at market rates.
● Rental Rate Revenue (Market Rates) – Assume that a percentage of users would be able to support market
rates across each of these space components. These were priced as follows:
o Retail Spaces: Short-term (pop-up) or annual leases for retail space based on total square footage
at a market rate of $15–$17 per square foot.
o Office Space: Short term or annual lease rates for the private office spaces (with a portion
committed to Fare Start as an anchor tenant), priced based on total square footage at a market rate
of $8–$10 per square foot. Co-working or open plan office space could be leased or rented based on
desk usage with a monthly lease per desk priced at $200 per month for unlimited usage and a drop-
in or one-time usage priced at $20 per use per desk. These fees may include ac cess to resources
such as basic office supplies, copy machines, and related functions supported by the operator.
o Event Space: Rental rates based on short-term usage of spaces (such as the classroom or
conference room) would be offered at a market rate of $50 per block of 3–4 hours.
● Rental Rate Revenue (Subsidized Rates) – Assume that a percentage of users would be able to support
market rates, intermixed with users at subsidized or no-cost access rates based on commitments to the
stakeholder groups and community groups involved in the project.
● Capacity Assumptions – Assume that the facility would aim to rent spaces much of the time, with 100
percent capacity defined as:
o Retail Space: All three spaces rented for annual, year-long leases at market rate.
o Office Space: All private offices rented for annual, year-long leases at market rate; all desks utilized
across 12 hours of daily usage, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year.
o Event Space: All event spaces booked two times per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year.
● Breakeven Capacity – All of these component spaces would need to be at least 75–80 percent leased or
rented for these components to break even with associated operational costs. Based on lower capacity
assumptions of 45–65 percent in the first five years, these components are not expected to contribute
revenue to the overall financial operations in that time. It is assumed that the primary operator’s lease will
need to be structured to offset the unmet operational need to operate these spaces with low-cost access as
a priority.
● Cost Assumptions – Each of these spaces have been allocated approximately 12 percent of the operational
burden of the overall facility lease (based on their revenue potential and overall percentage of space)
accounting for a total of 36 percent of the total lease burden collectively. This lease rate includes the space
component’s portion of utilities, labor needs associated with overall building upkeep, and a portion of
overall building SG&A. In addition, it is assumed that a leasing or rental manager will need to be hired to
ensure that these spaces are leased/rented and kept up. A salary of $65,000 (including benefits) was split
equally among these three components to offset this labor cost.
In terms of logistics within the overall facility layout, the retail and event spaces should be public -facing or with
direct access from a central reception area that allows for foot traffic and public entrance. All these spaces (as
discussed in earlier sections) could be placed in a second facility or building near the primary industrial uses if the
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 111 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
84
site deemed this necessary. The office and event spaces could also be placed on a separate floor if needed to
accommodate design or site needs.
In terms of the proposed site locations, these space components primarily require access to the public and have
implications regarding traffic and parking volumes. The considerations are detailed in table 65.
Table 65: Retail, Office, and Event Space Component Site Considerations
Site Considerations Naden Site Implications Transit Site Implications
Public-facing space components
need access to foot traffic or
other audiences.
The retail components are only
valuable if the facility is sited in a
location with foot traffic or other
public exposure. The event space
should also have easy access for
clients/users to invite the public
into offerings.
●Planned integration into
overall design, with
consideration given to
placement in relation to
public access points or
integration of other facilities
on-site that may act as a
draw and create destination
clientele37
●Planned integration into overall design, with
consideration given to placement in relation
to public spaces, floor, and building
These space components will
offer retail opportunities, event
opportunities, and
meetings/client interaction for
tenants/users of the facility and
thus will contribute to car and
program vehicle traffic into the
facility.
●Integration into planning for
parking allocations and
associated building needs
●Integration into planning for parking
allocations and associated building needs;
will impact short-term user access needs
Support Spaces and Outdoor Space Needs
In addition to the above features, the proposed facility will have the following spaces to support operations:
●Janitorial closet
●Maintenance/electric/technology room(s)
●Storage space(s) for extra tables, chairs, and other small equipment
●Public and private toilet facilities
●Locker or changing rooms
●Corridors for transiting between spaces, elevator (commercial freight and public access), and stair corridors
37 Because the Naden Street location is near major commercial areas and other uses are being considered for the site, those
additional uses (such as a proposed brewery facility) could act as a destination draw for the overall site and thereby create
some commercial traffic for the retail components of the space. Without this, the site may be deemed too industrial for normal
foot traffic or casual users to support traffic needs to support on-site retail.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 112 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
85
In addition, as discussed in prior sections, the facility will need space to support some external components:
● Three loading docks (two full size with levelers for all truck sizes, one street-level for standard vehicle sizes)
● Parking for approximately 60–80 personal vehicles during peak usage times (over a 24-hour operational
cycle with highest usage needs during the 8 am–8 pm time frame).
● Limited parking for 6–10 on-site program/user production vehicles (vans, box trucks, small trucks)
● Garbage, recycling, compost, oil-deposit, grease-deposit, and compactor space
● Space for an external generator for back-up support of primary storage and equipment functions
● (TBD): Space to support clean energy functions (solar panels, bio-digester, etc.).
In terms of the proposed sites, especially the transit site, which will have restricted space available for parking
needs, the primary design implication is for appropriate space (or satellite space partnerships) for parking, truck
traffic, and spaces focused on the removal of waste and contaminants from the production happening on site.
According to extensive discussions with program partners, parking usage would be variable over a 24-hour period. A
breakdown of peak usage considerations follows in table 66.
Table 66: Parking Uses and Considerations
Parking/Vehicle Type Usage Type Usage Peaks Off-Site
Possible?
Anchor Tenant (Fare Start):
Staff & Client Cars
● Variable (short &
long term)
● No overnight
● Peak times during program offerings and
training
● Mostly between 8 am and 8 pm, but
flexible
Yes
Anchor Tenant (Fare Start):
Program Vans or Vehicles
● Long term
● Overnight
● Variable (used for deliveries during peak
times)
● Parking needed overnight
Yes
Industrial Component
Users: Kitchens &
Production Spaces
● Variable (short &
long term)
● Minimal overnight
● Variable; during production cycles
● Higher use in afternoon/evening hours
● Limited demand for overnight parking
Yes
Retail Component Users &
Guests
● Staff- long term
● Guest - short term
● No overnight
● During primary retail hours (TBD)
● Guest traffic/parking very variable and
limited time frame
Yes (staff)
Office Component Users &
Guests
● Variable (short &
long term)
● No overnight
● Variable over 10–12-hour span related to
other facility uses
● Peak usage between 8 am and 8 pm, but
flexible
● Guest traffic/parking would be limited time
frame
Yes (users)
Event Component Users &
Guests
● Variable (short &
long term)
● No overnight
● Variable – based on event time bookings
● Peak usage expected for afternoons and
evenings
● Guest traffic/parking would be limited time
frame
Yes (all)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 113 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
86
As demonstrated in table 66, it is assumed that a percentage of the total 60–80 vehicles associated with users,
clients, and visitors could be parked at alternate sites during peak usage times to offset demand on the transit site
location. A final evaluati on (or parking/traffic study) that takes into consideration all viable uses of the transit site —
including housing demand, other retail uses, and so on—will need to be completed to determine the total vehicle
traffic and parking demand and what actual percentage could be offset at alternative parking locations.
Parking and truck traffic impacts on the Naden Street location will still be a factor in site selection and overall design
planning, but because that is a larger industrial plot with all necessary parking space, it is less impactful to final
decisions regarding that site.
Upkeep, Scheduling, and Oversight
Once the core study team facilitates the design, development, and construction of the facility, additional resources
will be needed to operate and maintain it. Fare Start has initially been identified as this primary operator. The
facility will rely on its primary operator to manage and maintain the spaces shown in table 67. The operator will
maintain their allocated spaces and programming and be responsible for operational costs including (but perhaps
not limited to) labor and staffing, general operational overhead (utilities, equipment, maintenance and facilities
upkeep, general supplies), and related upgrades or additions to their spaces ongoing as needed.
Table 67: Upkeep, Scheduling, and Oversight Considerations
Component / Space Operator
Overall Facility Upkeep & Operation On site
Commercial Kitchen: Upkeep, Scheduling & Oversight On site
Production Spaces (Shared and Independent): Upkeep,
Scheduling & Oversight
On site
Multi-Purpose Event Space: Upkeep, Scheduling &
Oversight
On site
Office Space: Upkeep, Scheduling & Oversight On site
Retail Spaces: Upkeep, Scheduling & Oversight On site
Proposed Site Analysis
The primary project partners would like to site the proposed facility in southern King County, specifically the City of
Kent or the Kent Valley area, to serve the enunciated needs of stakeholder groups, community groups, and small
businesses in the region. The two primary sites under consideration, both located in Kent, are viable locations that
can support the overall facility functions and needs.
The Naden Street location is a public-private development on a 7.7-acre semi-industrial site with new industrial,
commercial, retail and food service properties. The total property supports the overall size, functions, and traffic
related to the proposed facility. The primary neighborhood impacts can be remediated with careful design.
The Sound Transit location, the Kent / Des Moines Station, is located within Kent just east of Highline Community
College and south of the SR-516 and I-5 interchange. The site is somewhat challenging given that it is hemmed in by
SR-99 and I-5. Kent and Des Moines worked together earlier in the planning process for a transit-oriented
district known as “Midway”—a reference to the old landfill in the area—that will benefit from the light rail
investment. The city has also adopted specific station site design requirements that Sound Transit must meet. The
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 114 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
87
proposed facility can fit onto the designated plots available for development at the site either in a single building or
multiple (two) building configuration as discussed in the earlier bubble diagram section of this report. However,
parking and truck access/traffic are the two most impactful factors on the overall choice of this location for the
facility.
The proposed mix-use needs of the site—to allow for additional retail, outdoor public spaces, and housing access
points—will place demands on both plots that may impact the functions of the facility (i.e., limit parking, require
noise remediation, require corridors through spaces, etc.) that are not ideal. An important point in considering
locating this facility on the transit site is that the recommended benefits of this facility—from a financial and
operational perspective—come from co-locating these use spaces and creating synergies of adjacent spaces, uses,
equipment, and so on. Breaking up the component spaces, creating breaks in the design, or limiting their size and
function will impact the sustainable revenue potential and functions of the facility. The site will also limit the ability
of the facility to grow, which will not be possible except for the nominal growth space built into the existing model.
Positive and negative factors in the consideration of the proposed facility sites are detailed in table 68.
Table 68: Proposed Site Locations Analysis
Positive Factors Negative Factors Site Models
Sound Transit Light
Rail Extension
Station:
A development site
aimed at multiple
end users, offering
retail, industrial,
housing, and related
needs in conjunction
with a major transit
hub stop
●Physically supports all primary
facility functions (industrial,
retail, public access)
●Provides public exposure and
traffic to support retail and
public-facing components
●Provides transit support for
staff, guest, and user access
●Supports community objectives
by offering food access and job
opportunities on the site
●Access to nearby major
roadways is beneficial to
commercial distribution routes
and access points
●Parking will be a priority
for the combined uses
●The needed first-floor
footprint of the industrial
components (to support
adjacency and shared
function needs) will
restrict/limit parking on
one of the two
development plots
●Delivery traffic into the
facility will generate
noise/emissions and
require allocated space
(turn radius or pull-
through lanes) and need
to be considered in final
design
●No growth space for
primary functions/uses
Version 1: All components sited in a
single facility at ground level with
truck access tucked under the
upper floors of facility to limit the
impact on housing of noise/
emissions. Parking adjacent to the
single facility layout would be very
limited.
Version 2: All industrial
components sited in one facility
(@40,000+/- sq. ft.) at ground level,
sharing the plot with truck access to
the facility and nominal parking. All
public-facing components
(@10,000+/- sq. ft.) would be sited
in a second facility in the adjacent
plot and could be sited above
ground level if needed (although
access to foot traffic is ideal).38
Naden Avenue
Industrial Site:
An industrial
development site
along a city corridor
offering co-location
with complimentary
●Physically supports all primary
facility functions (industrial,
retail, public access)
●Offers opportunities for site
expansion of the facility’s
components
●Provides limited public
exposure and traffic to
support retail and public-
facing components
●Does not serve cross-
functional development
goals of the transit
●All components sited in a single
facility at ground level with
truck access and parking on
site
38 The second facility could be co-located with additional retail, office, or other space uses or additional parking needs.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 115 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
88
uses (industrial,
commercial,
warehouse)
●Offers easy traffic pattern
access for trucks, deliveries,
and program vehicles onto
commercial roadways
●Supports community objectives
by offering food business scale
support and job opportunities
on the site
●Access to a nearby major Kent
corridor may support
commercial traffic into the site
central corridor (food
access opportunities)
Additional sites can and will be considered if compatible with the project goals and objectives as detailed above.
Sound Transit Proposed Light Rail Extension Station Report
On November 30, 2021, NVA provided the core study team with a report to technically and strategically assess
whether the proposed facility can feasibly be sited at the proposed Sound Transit light rail station extension in Kent,
Washington.
Transit Report Objectives
The objectives of that report were to detail the following three focus areas:
1)Market Support and Community Impacts: To provide a high-level overview of the feasibility study
conducted by NVA with an emphasis on outreach with community stakeholders and individual community
members to assess support for the facility, and how community inputs and potential community impacts
will be considered in its design and development
2)Operational Model Overview: To provide a detailed overview of the proposed operating model created by
NVA and informed by community and stakeholder inputs, with emphasis on considerations relevant to the
proposed Sound Transit site location
3)Potential Tenant and Operator Inputs: To ensure that potential operational partners are detailed in the
above sections and to provide a high-level overview of how community advisory structures could be
implemented to satisfy community goals and objectives.
Transit Report Conclusions
At the conclusion of the feasibility study conducted by NVA, it can be determined that the proposed KVFEC facility
would be recommended for integration into the Sound Transit light rail station extension development in Kent,
Washington, and would be a compatible use with either of the two available development plot s at the site.
As discussed in-depth in the report (and in the previous sections of this report), the primary consideration in terms
of locating the proposed facility on the transit site is whether multiple use cases (i.e., industrial, retail, and housing)
can co-exist on the site based on infrastructure, transit, parking, and logistical requirements .
NVA’s analysis concluded that these use cases could co-exist at the proposed Sound Transit site. Two variations on
the facility layout that address all site needs are proposed and discussed in the report that follows. However, the
report (and previous sections of this report) stressed limitations on the growth and operations of the facility at that
site.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 116 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
89
The proposed facility represents an opportunity for the Sound Transit site to support stated community goals and
supply needed infrastructure that will contribute to local economic development, job creation, and support for the
growing food manufacturing industry in the region.
Site Connections and Additional Uses
In support of the facility’s stated goals of supporting small business development and growth opportunities for
entrepreneurs and small urban farmers, either of the proposed sites offers opportunities to integrate the facility’s
functions with other local community benefits.
● Community Market or On-Site Farmer’s Market Space: Several stakeholder organizations expressed
interest during the interview process in co-locating a public, outdoor market space into the overall design to
support small urban farmers and makers in the community. A public market co-located in the space could
take advantage of on-site storage support spaces and kitchen access for vendors and provide additional
retail opportunities for users of the facility.
o This is a publicized potential use of outdoor space at the Sound Transit site but will require
consideration in the final design. The farmers will need access to cold storage, appropriate toilet
facilities, parking, and unloading areas at the market. These considerations will impact where it can
be sited to allow adjacency to related facility resources.
o With the available land, this could be a potential use supported by the Naden Street location. There
are no initial conflicts with the overall site, and its adjacency to a major public corridor would
support the co-location of a farmer’s market near facility resources.
● Food Truck or Related Outdoor Vending Opportunities: Both sites also offer the opportunity to support
food trucks or mobile vendors that can use the commissary kitchen, scullery, and storage to support their
overall operation. Access to seating/dining areas, toilet facilities, and electrical hookups would need to be
incorporated into final design .
o For the Sound Transit site, parking and proximity to the facility are the primary consideration for
this co-location.
o For the Naden Street site, this too would appear to be a supported co-location opportunity because
space is less limited . Further, food trucks could use the commissary kitchen and create additional
revenue for the facility (fees associated with this usage for access to scullery, storage, etc.).
● Community Food Access Opportunities: Several stakeholder organizations also expressed interest in food
pick-up, CSA pick-up, or related programming that provides healthy and prepared food options to low-
income community members. This co-location could be supported by the kitchen/production spaces (and
the work of anchor tenant Fare Start), as well as storage uses. However, this will impact traffic patterns for
either on-foot or in-car pick-ups and would need to be considered during final design of the site.
o For public pick-up to occur at either site would require an evaluation of a safe access corridor for
either short term parking and physical in-person pick-ups or in-car pick-ups. This is a heavy-traffic
demand use on a facility and typically requires a large parking lot or parking corridor to support its
integration into programming.
Operator and Stakeholder Considerations
Primary Facility Operator
Fare Start has been identified as a potential anchor tenant and expressed interest in being the primary operator
who oversees all space and facility functions. As primary operator, Fare Start would act as the on-site landlord
overseeing the rental, lease, and upkeep of all space components. Their lease, structured as an annual lease, would
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 117 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
90
need to offset the total operational budget of the facility (discussed in more detail in the following financial
summary section). Based on final site and ownership of the facility, their lease would need to detail who is
responsible for site/property maintenance and upkeep, and other considerations such as security. If the proposed
transit station is chosen as the final site, parking and truck access will also need to be clearly defined to ensure that
Fare Start can integrate its own operational needs and user needs on-site.
Stakeholder Considerations (Governance and Community Contracts)
As discussed in the opening sections outlining the facility’s goals and mission, this facility design has been a process
driven by community inputs and informed by project stakeholders and an advisory committee. During the facility
market analysis, stakeholders expressed the need to design a model of governance or input that would allo w
community members and stakeholders to continue to have a voice in the design, development, and operation of
the facility once it moves beyond these initial concept conversations.
NVA provided an overview of proposed methods and tools for integrating com munity input into the governance,
design, and operation of a community facility of this type during the charrette process. These included:
● Development Inclusion: Allows for the active participation in the development and design process to shape
programs, space access, and other component functions. May include the development of an advisory
council, steering committee, or related community board, as well as holding community meetings to engage
a wider group of stakeholders during design, development, or build and implementation phases. All these
tools have been explored or implemented by the primary project partners during this initial feasibility study
and design phase.
● Governance Design: Allows for the continued involvement of stakeholders and community members and
for their participation in steering growth and future development decisions that benefit their communities.
May include designation on a board of directors, advisory board, or related functional role with oversight
into:
o Budget creation or monitoring
o Supervision or review actions of the facility director or primary operator
o Supervision or review actions regarding policy, tenant decisions, and shared space operations
o Fundraising role for projects that could benefit community members and tenants
o Conflict resolution role for active decisions around or within the facility
● Community Contract: An informal or formal agreement developed between facility landlord, primary or
component operators, and stakeholder and community groups that g uides community involvement in and
access to the facility. This document may include:
o Designated no-cost or low-cost access to programs, spaces, and amenities
o Inclusion commitments for decision making, growth or development decisions, and steering bodies
o Designated space allocation or program allocation (or budgets to support either)
o Commitments to sustainability, labor/hiring commitments, or related goals that benefit the
community
o Integration of cultural or significant ethnic motifs and elements into the facility design, planning, or
operational structure
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 118 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
91
SECTION HEADER PLACEHOLDER (3 LINES)
Financial Model
Table 69: Summary P&L
Summary P&L by Component Hybrid Scenario
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Public Revenue
Commercial / Demo Kitchen & Production 1,054,732 1,171,924 1,289,116 1,406,309 1,523,501
Warehouse (Food Hub) / Storage 29,916 33,240 36,564 39,888 43,212
Individual Production 51,840 57,600 63,360 69,120 74,880
Retail Space 72,900 81,000 89,100 97,200 105,300
Office Space 38,250 42,500 46,750 51,000 55,250
Event Space 73,913 82,125 90,338 98,550 106,763
Other Fees - - - - -
Total Public Revenue $1,321,550 $1,468,389 $1,615,228 $1,762,067 $1,908,90
6
% Growth (YoY) 11.1% 10.0% 9.1% 8.3%
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense 1,930,838 1,952,086 2,052,527 2,075,021 2,098,167
Labor Costs 223,600 228,072 232,633 237,286 242,032
Total Costs $2,154,438 $2,180,158 $2,285,160 $2,312,307 $2,340,19
9
Net Profit / (Loss) ($832,888) ($711,769) ($669,932) ($550,240) ($431,293)
Profit Margin -63.0%-48.5%-41.5%-31.2%-22.6%
Revenue Inputs
The facility will generate revenues via rents (long-term tenants and short-term users), programming fees, facility
usage fees (storage, meeting space), and fees for support programming and services offered by the core operators.
Table 70 details the revenue rentals, usage rates, and fees associated with the revenue-generating components and
programming in the facility.
Table 70: Revenue-Generating Hub Activities
Component / Programming Revenue Sources Potential Users Revenue Model
Operator/ Anchor Tenant
(Overall Facility)
Annual Lease Operator $/Annual Lease
Commercial Kitchen Short-Term Hourly Rentals Users $/Hour
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 119 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
92
Component / Programming Revenue Sources Potential Users Revenue Model
Production Space (Shared) Short-Term Rentals (per
production cycle)
Users
Operator
$/Cycle
Production Space
(Independent)
Long-term Rentals or
Leases
Tenants $/Annual Lease
Co-Packing Services Fee-Based Service Users
$/Service (includes
prototyping, product
runs, and labor to
support run)
Warehouse (Loading Access) Fees for Use/Services Users
Local Farmers
$/Service
(beyond a minimum)
Storage (Dry, Cold, Frozen) Rental (Monthly) Users $/Month or
$/Shelf/Cage
Multi-Purpose Event Space Rent and/or Short-Term
(Hourly) Rentals
Operator
Other Users
$/sq foot
$/Hour or Use
Office Spaces Rent and/or Short-Term
(Hourly) Rentals
Operator
Other Users
$/sq foot
$/Hour or Use
Retail Spaces Rent Users $/sq foot
Business Incubation Services
Fee-Based Services /
Programming
Users
$/Service (based on
class or programming
length)
Knowledge & Service Hub for
Local Incubation Community
(Technical Programs &
Services)
Fee-Based
Services/Programming
Users
$/Service (based on
class or programming
length)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 120 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
93
Revenue
Figure 13: Public Component Revenue as a Percentage of Total
The public space of the KVFEC will generate revenue from several different components:
● Commercial/Demo Kitchen and Production: The commercial kitchen will generate revenue through volume
production from hot line, cold line, and vegetable processing stations available to business and community
members on an hourly basis. The demo kitchen will provide public access to a station with a hot line and
classroom space (including A/V technology supports) available for three-to-four-hour reservation blocks.
The production space will include three stations bookable for up to three runs per day, which includes the
use of manufacturing space, approved equipment, and sanitation supplies. Prototype and labor assistance is
based on a fee per product and per hour, respectively.
● Warehouse (Food Hub)/Storage: The warehouse will accommodate two dock bays with levelers servicing
all truck types along with a street-level dock bay for vans and related transportation. The storage
component will provide dry, cold, and frozen space, each having pallets, shelf units, and cages available for
public use.
● Individual Production: Individual production will provide access to leasable private, white box space with
two available unit size options for retail/production use or production only. FF&E to be provided by tenant
with access to the rest of the facility spaces to support production as needed.
● Retail Space: The retail space will offer three public-facing pop-up, short-term, or long-term lease spaces
available for customization/buildout by tenant.
● Office Space: Private office space will offer four private spaces units along with shared/communal
workspaces priced per seat. Additional storage space will be available across both offerings.
● Event Space: The event space will provide shared access to convertible, multi-functional accommodations
across a conference room, welfare/gathering space, classroom/event space, and user/client meeting
spaces.
5.6%
2.9%
5.5%
3.9%
2.3%
79.8%
Public Component Revenue
Commercial / Demo Kitchen & Production
Warehouse (Food Hub) / Storage
Individual Production
Retail Space
Office Space
Event Space
100%
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 121 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
94
Key Financial Assumptions
Figure 14: Total Public Revenue, Net Profit, and Profit Margin
New Venture Advisors has built a robust, five-year public space financial projection to evaluate the economic
implications of the KVFEC based on the final operating model above. The forecast assumes a utilization rate for
each public space component of 45 percent in year 1, increasing five percentage points each subsequent year
peaking at 65 percent in year 5. Dedicated labor costs are included i n each component forecast with facility
manager/janitorial labor, utilities, property taxes and insurance, and SG&A allocated based on component square
footage. Market rates are determined by comparable equipment rental rates and price per square foot for similar
spaces in the surrounding area. Key model assumptions are outlined below.
Construction and Development Costs
●Estimated cost of construction: $322 per square foot
●Total facility size: 52,730 square feet
●Total estimated cost of construction: $16,956,750
●Kitchen equipment and other (total FF&E for anchor tenant and public space): $5,866,740
●Soft construction costs (design development and working capital): $5,836,454
●Total cost of construction and development: $28,659,944
$1,321,550
$1,468,389
$1,615,228
$1,762,067
$1,908,906
($832,888)($711,769)($669,932)($550,240)($431,293)
(63.0%)
(48.5%)
(41.5%)
(31.2%)
(22.6%)
(80.0%)
(60.0%)
(40.0%)
(20.0%)
0.0%
($1,000,000)
($500,000)
$0
$500,000
$1,000,000
$1,500,000
$2,000,000
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Total Public Revenue Net Profit / (Loss)Profit Margin
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 122 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
95
Commercial/Demo Kitchen and Production Assumptions
Table 71: Commercial/Demo Kitchen and Production P&L
Commercial/ Demo Kitchen & Production – Pro Forma P&L (Hybrid Scenario)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Revenue
Commercial Kitchen (hourly rental)
Hot Line Station (rent/hour) 157,248 174,720 192,192 209,664 227,136
Cold Line Station (rent/hour) 117,936 131,040 144,144 157,248 170,352
Veg Processing Station (rent/hour) 78,624 87,360 96,096 104,832 113,568
Demo Kitchen (rent by usage, 3–4 hour block)
Market Rate 32,760 36,400 40,040 43,680 47,320
Production Space (fee for use)
Prototype Station (rent/hour) 263,250 292,500 321,750 351,000 380,250
Manufacturing Station (rent/hour) 314,496 349,440 384,384 419,328 454,272
Labor Station (rent/hour) 90,418 100,464 110,510 120,557 130,603
Total Public Revenue $1,054,732 $1,171,924 $1,289,116 $1,406,309 $1,523,501
Costs
Rent/Lease Expense 1,081,269 1,093,168 1,149,415 1,162,012 1,174,973
Dedicated Labor Costs 158,600 161,772 165,007 168,308 171,674
Total Costs $1,239,869 $1,254,940 $1,314,422 $1,330,319 $1,346,647
Net Profit / (Loss) ($185,138) ($83,016) ($25,306) $75,989 $176,854
●Commercial Kitchen:
o Available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year
o 2 hot line stations at $20 per hour
o 2 cold line stations at $15 per hour
o 2 vegetable processing stations at $10 per hour
o Dedicated staff: 1 shared kitchen manager and 3 co-pack supports for public use of equipment
o Staff wages: $65,000 annual salary (includes 30 percent fringe benefits), increasing 2 percent per
year
●Demo Kitchen:
o Available for 1 class (3- to 4-hour block), 2 times per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year
o $100 per class
●Production Space:
o Prototype station available 5 hours per day, 5 days per week, 52 weeks per year
o 3 prototype stations each at $150 per hour
o Manufacturing station available 8 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year
o 3 manufacturing stations each at $80 per hour
o Labor station available 8 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year
o 3 labor stations at each at $23 per hour
o Dedicated staff: 3 production supports (co-pack supports for public use of equipment)
o Staff wages: $20 per hour at 30 hours per week, increasing 2 percent per year
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 123 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
96
Warehouse (Food Hub) / Storage Assumptions
Table 72: Warehouse Storage P&L
Warehouse/ Storage Pro Forma P&L (Hybrid Scenario)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Revenue
Dry or Warehouse Storage 10,314 11,460 12,606 13,752 14,898
Cold Storage 10,449 11,610 12,771 13,932 15,093
Frozen Storage 9,153 10,170 11,187 12,204 13,221
Total Public Revenue $29,916 $33,240 $36,564 $39,888 $43,212
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense 38,617 39,042 41,051 41,500 41,963
Dedicated Labor Costs - - - - -
Total Costs $38,617 $39,042 $41,051 $41,500 $41,963
Net Profit / (Loss) ($8,701) ($5,802) ($4,487) ($1,612) $1,249
●Dry or Warehouse Storage:
o 18 pallets each at $45 per month, 12 months per year
o 20 shelfs each at $25 per month, 12 months per year
o 10 cages each at $60 per month, 12 months per year
●Cold Storage:
o 9 pallets each at $55 per month, 12 months per year
o 24 shelfs each at $30 per month, 12 months per year
o 12 cages each at $60 per month, 12 months per year
●Frozen Storage:
o 9 pallets each at $55 per month, 12 months per year
o 20 shelfs each at $30 per month, 12 months per year
o 10 cages each at $60 per month, 12 months per year
Individual Production Assumptions
Table 73: Individual Production P&L
Individual Production Space Pro Forma P&L (Hybrid Scenario)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Revenue
Private, White Box Production Space
Small Unit (unit count & SF/unit) 12,960 14,400 15,840 17,280 18,720
Large Unit (unit count & SF/unit) 38,880 43,200 47,520 51,840 56,160
Total Public Revenue $51,840 $57,600 $63,360 $69,120 $74,880
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 124 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
97
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense 115,850 117,125 123,152 124,501 125,890
Dedicated Labor Costs - - - - -
Total Costs $115,850 $117,125 $123,152 $124,501 $125,890
Net Profit / (Loss) ($64,010) ($59,525) ($59,792) ($55,381) ($51,010)
●Private, white box production spaces for lease on an annual basis
●4 small units at 250 square feet each
●6 large units at 500 square feet each
●Rate of $2.40 per square foot per month for both unit types
Retail Space Assumptions
Table 74: Retail Space P&L
Retail Space Pro Forma P&L (Hybrid Scenario)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Revenue
Private, White Box Retail Space
Single Unit (unit count) 72,900 81,000 89,100 97,200 105,300
Total Public Revenue $72,900 $81,000 $89,100 $97,200 $105,300
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense 231,701 234,250 246,303 249,003 251,780
Dedicated Labor Costs 21,667 22,100 22,542 22,993 23,453
Total Costs $253,367 $256,350 $268,845 $271,995 $275,233
Net Profit / (Loss) ($180,467) ($175,350) ($179,745) ($174,795) ($169,933)
●3 single unit types available for lease on a short-term (pop-up) or long-term basis
●Each unit provides 250 square feet of white box retail space
●Rate of $18.00 per square foot per month for each unit
●Dedicated staff: 1 rental/booking manager allocated evenly across retail, office, and events components
●Staff wages: $65,000 annual salary (includes 30 percent taxes and benefits), increasing 2 percent per year
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 125 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
98
Office Space Assumptions
Table 75: Office Space P&L
Office Space Pro Forma P&L (Hybrid Scenario)39
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Revenue
Monthly Rate 5,400 6,000 6,600 7,200 7,800
Drop-In 32,850 36,500 40,150 43,800 47,450
Total Public Revenue $38,250 $42,500 $46,750 $51,000 $55,250
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense 231,701 234,250 246,303 249,003 251,780
Dedicated Labor Costs 21,667 22,100 22,542 22,993 23,453
Total Costs $253,367 $256,350 $268,845 $271,995 $275,233
Net Profit / (Loss) ($215,117) ($213,850) ($222,095) ($220,995) ($219,983)
●Co-working and shared working spaces available 12 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year
●Monthly Rate Spaces:
o 5 unlimited use spaces priced at $200 per seat per month
●Drop-In Rate Spaces:
o 10 single-day use spaces priced at $10 per seat per day
●Dedicated staff: 1 rental/booking manager allocated evenly across retail, office, and events components
●Staff wages: $65,000 annual salary (includes 30 percent fringe benefits), increasing 2 percent per year
Event Space Assumptions
Table 76: Event Space P&L
Event Space/ Multi-Purpose Space Pro Forma P&L (Hybrid Scenario)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Revenue
Conference Room 8,213 9,125 10,038 10,950 11,863
Classroom 32,850 36,500 40,150 43,800 47,450
Meeting Pods 32,850 36,500 40,150 43,800 47,450
Total Public Revenue $73,913 $82,125 $90,338 $98,550 $106,763
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense 231,701 234,250 246,303 249,003 251,780
Dedicated Labor Costs 21,667 22,100 22,542 22,993 23,453
Total Costs $253,367 $256,350 $268,845 $271,995 $275,233
Net Profit / (Loss) ($179,455) ($174,225) ($178,508) ($173,445) ($168,470)
39 Table addresses revenues for the public portion of the office space which is the shared work-spaces and co-working spaces
only. If the anchor tenant, Fare Start, does not occupy all private office space these spaces could also be leased for additional
revenue at market rates.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 126 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
99
● Multi-functional event spaces available on a per-use basis (3-4 hours) 7 days per week, 365 days per year
● Conference Room:
o Available at 1 use per day (12-seat capacity) priced at $50 per use
● Classroom:
o 4 classrooms (30-seat capacity) each available for 2 uses per day priced at $50 per use
● Meeting Pods:
o 4 meeting pods (2- to 3-person capacity) each available for 20 uses per day priced at $50 per use
● Dedicated staff: 1 rental/booking manager allocated evenly across retail, office, and events components
● Staff wages: $65,000 annual salary (includes 30 percent fringe benefits), increasing 2 percent per y ear
Operational Costs
● Staffing: $197,600 (includes 30 percent taxes and benefits) increasing to $268,320 for additional hourly
janitorial labor in year 3. Staff by year 5 includes 1 facility operator (manager), 2 janitorial, 1 facility
(maintenance)
● Utilities (electric, water, sewer, waste, etc.): Assumed at $10 per square foot across total site square
footage, totaling $527,300 in year 1 and increasing 3 percent per annum to $593,481 in year 5
● Property Taxes and Insurance: Projected at $2 per square foot across total site square footage, starting at
$105,460 in year 1 and growing 1 percent per annum to $109,742 in year 5
● SG&A: Estimated at $75,000 in year 1 to cover marketing, office, and any additional general overhead
expenditures; grown at 3 percent per annum to $84,413
Financing
● Based on current market conditions as well as data gathered by NVA, the total construction and
development cost of the site is assumed to be funded through a mix of 30 percent debt and 70 percent
grant proceeds
● Total debt of $8,597,983 assumed in the form of a commercial construction bank loan facility
● Interest rate of ~5 percent, 15-year, fully amortizable term, monthly principal and interest
Project Budget
Table 77 summarizes the total build budget for the hybrid model as detailed in the component space sections in the
report. The total construction budget for the facility is estimated at $16,956,750 for all public and private spaces
including some external build needs (as detailed earlier these include outside support space for garbage, recycling,
generators, etc.).
Note: Estimates for outside support spaces were included in the construction budge t total square footage. These
estimates do not include future space allocations for required parking and truck access lanes, which will be
dependent on final site selection. Parking fees, revenue from fees related to loading dock access, and associated
outside component usage will be determined by operator and were not included in revenue forecasts for
conservative purposes.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 127 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
100
Table 77: Hybrid Model Project Budget
Space Component Square Feet % of Total Cost / SF Total Cost
Commercial Kitchen Space 10,025 19% $550 $5,513,750
Production Space 8,300 16% $250 $2,075,000
Hub (Warehouse Space) 5,775 11% $200 $1,155,000
Storage Spaces 12,600 24% $289 $3,641,500
Individual Production Spaces 5,000 9% $250 $1,250,000
Retail Space 750 1% $350 $262,500
Event Space 2,350 4% $350 $822,500
Office Space 1,380 3% $350 $483,000
Shared / Support Facility Components 4,050 8% $310 $1,253,500
Outside Components / Support Areas 2,500 5% $200 $500,000
Total Cost of Construction 52,730 100% $322 $16,956,750
Table 78 illustrates the total project cost—including all construction costs, FF&E to support both private and public
spaces, and soft constructions costs—which is estimated at $28,659,944.
Table 78: Hybrid Model Total Project Costs
Project Costs Hybrid Model
Land Costs / Land Lease -
Construction Costs $16,956,750
FF&E (public and shared space) $3,836,740
FF&E (Fare Start) $2,500,000
Soft Construction Costs $5,336,454
Design Development &
Advisory Services $1,271,756
Working Capital (20% of PP&E) $4,564,698
Total Cost of Project $28,659,944
Potential Sources of Capital
Based on total construction and development costs as well as the viability of the forecasted facility functions, the
proposed facility would have a number of options to source capital through a combination of grant and debt
proceeds. The size of the commercial construction loan will be subject to key operating metric multiples ultimately
set as covenants and monitored on a regularly tested basis (e.g., debt/operating leverage multiple, debt as a
percentage of total capital, cash flow coverage of principal and interest, etc.). Additionally, the 7(a) Loan Program
offered by the SBA provides up to $5 million in loans to new and growing businesses to purchase FF&E and for
working capital.
Grant proceeds primarily depend on the project’s commercial use, community access, economic development,
influence on social wellbeing, regional impact, access to locally produced products, and new market opportunities,
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 128 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
101
among other factors. NVA has compiled a listing of government and private grants as potential funding sources
based on the proposed facility’s community impact and benefit to the regional economy. (Note: This is not an
exhaustive list.)
Table 79: Government and Private Grant Opportunities
Federal Grants Description Application Notes
USDA NIFA-
Community Food
Projects (CFPCGP)
●Funds projects that are designed to increase food security in
communities by bringing the whole food system together to
assess strengths, establish linkages, and create systems that
improve the self-reliance of community members over their
food needs
Proposals due in May;
grants from $100,000 to
$400,000; 100% match
required
Economic
Development
Administration
●The Economic Development Administration (EDA) has
programs to support construction or upgrade of public
facilities, planning, technical assistance for economic
development, workforce development, and more
Rolling application
USDA ERS-
Local Food
Promotional
Program
(Implementation
Grants)
●Implementation grants are used to establish a new local and
regional food business enterprise or to improve or expand an
existing local or regional food business enterprise. Note: Will
not fund any type of construction.
Proposals due in May;
grants from $100,000 to
$750,000 over two years;
25% match required
Table 80: Nonprofit and Foundation Grant Opportunities
Nonprofit &
Foundation Grants
Description Application Notes
Bullitt Foundation
(Pacific Northwest)
●The foundation supports projects aimed at regional
ecosystem health, energy, climate, green building, and
projects aimed at building resilient cities and healthy
communities
Two application deadlines:
March 15, September 15
Clarence E. Heller
Foundation
●The mission of the Clarence E. Heller Charitable
Foundation is to promote the long-term good health and
viability of communities and regions. Focus areas include
protecting the environment, regional planning, and
sustainability in agriculture and food systems
Applications due in August
Key Bank ●Focus on efforts designed to create safe, healthy,
affordable, inclusive communities with thriving family
homes and small businesses
Rolling application
Wells Fargo ●Wells Fargo supports organizations that work to
strengthen communities through projects that keep
communities strong, diverse, and vibrant. Priority is given
to programs and organizations whose chief purpose is to
benefit low- and moderate-income individuals and families
Rolling application, giving
priorities vary by state
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 129 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
102
Murdoch Trust ●Capacity-building awards for mission-focused projects and
infrastructure investment
Rolling application; awards
range from $300 to $750k
Operating Budget
Table 81 illustrates the allocation of total operational costs (or lease costs) to each space. These allocations, as
detailed in the space component sections earlier, are based on the priority and expected contribution to overall
facility revenue for each space.
Table 81: Hybrid Model Total Operational Budget (Annual Costs)
Financing Costs Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Debt (Principal & Interest Payments) $573,199 $573,199 $573,199 $573,199 $573,199
Equity (Interest accruals) - - - - -
Operational Costs Increase Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Payroll costs $197,600 $197,600 $268,320 $268,320 $268,320
Utilities - $10/sf 3.0% $527,300 $543,119 $559,413 $576,195 $593,481
Property taxes & insurance - $2/sf 1.0% $105,460 $106,515 $107,580 $108,656 $109,742
SG&A 3.0% $75,000 $77,250 $79,568 $81,955 $84,413
Total Costs $1,478,559 $1,497,682 $1,588,079 $1,608,324 $1,629,155
Profit Margin – 10% $164,284 $166,409 $176,453 $178,703 $181,017
Revenue Required $1,642,843 $1,664,092 $1,764,532 $1,787,027 $1,810,172
Annual Lease Required by Component Allocation Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Commercial / Demo Kitchen 28.0% $459,996 $465,946 $494,069 $500,367 $506,848
Production Space 28.0% $459,996 $465,946 $494,069 $500,367 $506,848
Warehouse / Storage Space 2.0% $32,857 $33,282 $35,291 $35,741 $36,203
Individual Production Space 6.0% $98,571 $99,845 $105,872 $107,222 $108,610
Retail Space 12.0% $197,141 $199,691 $211,744 $214,443 $217,221
Office Space 12.0% $197,141 $199,691 $211,744 $214,443 $217,221
Event Space 12.0% $197,141 $199,691 $211,744 $214,443 $217,221
Other Space 0.0% $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Summary P&L (Operating Model)
Table 82 summarizes the projected financial performance of the proposed facility based on the assumptions
outlined in the space component sections earlier. The public space components demonstrate the ability to generate
approximately $1.3–$1.9 million over the course of the first five years of operation. This leaves a deficit in year 1 of
$544,893 for total operational costs for the facility to break even (decreasing over the first five years to $143,298 in
year 5).
This deficit is the total operational burden that a lease structured for the anchor tenant and primary operator (Fare
Start) would need to cover and takes into consideration a percentage of debt interest and principal repayment
carried over from the total build budget.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 130 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
103
Table 82: Hybrid Model (Summary P&L by Component)
Public Revenue Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Utilization Rate 45% 50% 55% 60% 65%
Kitchen & Production Spaces $1,054,732 $1,171,924 $1,289,116 $1,406,309 $1,523,501
Warehouse/Storage Spaces $ 29,916 $33,240 $36,564 $39,888 $43,212
Individual Production $51,840 $57,600 $63,360 $69,120 $74,880
Retail Space $72,900 $81,000 $89,100 $97,200 $105,300
Office Space $38,250 $42,500 $46,750 $51,000 $55,250
Event Space $73,913 $82,125 $90,338 $98,550 $106,763
Other Fees - - - - -
Total Public Revenue $1,321,550 $1,468,389 $1,615,228 $1,762,067 $1,908,906
% Growth (YoY) 11.1% 10.0% 9.1% 8.3%
Costs
Rent / Lease Expense40 $1,642,843 $1,664,092 $1,764,532 $1,787,027 $1,810,172
Labor Costs $223,600 $228,072 $232,633 $237,286 $242,032
Total Costs $1,866,443 $1,892,164 $1,997,165 $2,024,313 $2,052,204
Net Profit / (Loss) ($544,893) ($423,775) ($381,937) ($262,246) ($143,298)
Margin -41.2%-28.9%-23.6%-14.9%-7.5%
Sensitivity Analysis
Table 83: Net Profit Sensitivity Analysis by Utilization
Operating Performance (Net Profit)
Utilization Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
65% ($245,532) ($271,253) ($376,254) ($403,402) ($431,293)
70% ($98,693) ($124,414) ($229,415) ($256,563) ($284,454)
75% $48,146 $22,425 ($82,576) ($109,724) ($137,615)
80% $194,985 $169,264 $64,262 $37,115 $9,224
85% $341,823 $316,103 $211,101 $183,954 $156,063
Table 83 illustrates a pro forma sensitivity analysis of net profit from year 1 through year 5 based on utilization rates
from 65 percent to 85 percent. For conservative purposes, total operating expenditures remain consistent and
40 Rent/lease expense consists of operational costs plus financing costs as detailed in the Key Financial Assumptions section
above and is considered the total cost burden of developing and operating the facility. Labor costs consist of the additional
direct labor necessary for operating the individual components (commercial/demo kitchen production, retail, office, event
spaces).
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 131 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
104
continue to be burdened with the total expenditures budgeted to operate both the anchor tenant and public
spaces. Total public revenue was increased only by the growth in utilization to highlight what range would be
needed to achieve breakeven/positive net profit in the public spaces.
Year 1 and year 2 public space profitability is achieved at 75 percent utilization, with 80+ percent utilization reaching
profitability across all five years of the forecast. The proposed layout of the facility provides the anchor tenant with
47.5 percent of the total operational component square footage. As the public space components lease-up and
reach stabilized utilization, contribution from the anchor tenant from the onset of operations further mitigates
downside risk in public space operating performance.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 132 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
105
SECTION HEADER PLACEHOLDER (3 LINES)
Risk Analysis and Report Conclusions
SWOT Analysis
The following SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) analysis summarizes considerations related to
the proposed facility from a landscape overview of King County based on comprehensive primary and secondary
market research of the region.
Strengths
●King County–specifically the City of Kent and the southern cities in the county–represents a culturally
diverse area with a growing interest in food-based businesses and small business entrepreneurship
indicated by rising small business license applications, food safety handler certifications, and applications to
incubation programming.
●Southern King County supports a dynamic network of incubation, business development, and technical
assistance organizations focused on supporting the diverse refugee and immigrant populations in their
communities and bolstering small businesses related to food and food service.
●Southern King County, specifically the City of Kent, has a stated interest in committing property toward
development in one of several revitalization corridors or projects that could benefit the community by
creating industry, jobs, and access to food options.
●The ecosystem of existing incubation, business development, and training programs in the area confirm that
there is a funnel of potential users looking for next stage growth opportunities for their small food
businesses—including access to infrastructure, retail opportunities, and expanded sales channels.
●Fare Start has confirmed interest in being an anchor tenant in the facility and undertaking the role of
primary operator to oversee the day-to-day operational needs of the full facility.
●The proximity of the Seattle Tacoma International Airport and related industrial buyers to the proposed
facility sites presents an opportunity for small, culturally diverse food businesses to have access to
significant industrial buying power among customers looking for representational products and
manufacturers.
Weaknesses
●Southern King County represents a very low-income area with a larger number of residents below the
poverty line, ALICE households, or receiving some form of state aid. This means that the overall consumer
buying power is limited for the immediate communities in which the facility would operate.
●Due to the impact of COVID-19 on the labor marketplace, the food industry and industrial food
manufacturing have been significantly impacted by labor shortages that have threatened these businesses’
ability to continue to deliver needed volumes or scale/grow.
●Black, Latinx, and minority founders lag behind their White counterparts in terms of access to capital for
start-up expenses, scale, and growth development (especially in relation to food ventures) and received just
2.6 percent of overall reported venture capital in 2020.41
●COVID-19 has created significant shortages and price hikes in the value chain of supplies, raw materials, and
related goods that manufacturers need to produce at scale and volumes.
41 Courtney Connley, “Black and Latinx founders have received just 2.6% of VC funding so far in 2020, according to new report,”
CNBC, October 2020, www.cnbc.com/2020/10/07/black -and-latinx-founders-have-received-just-2point6percent-of-vc-funding-
in-2020-so-far.html.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 133 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
106
● Co-manufacturing access points are very limited due to the low margins and volatility of the business for co-
packers electing to work with smaller or mid-size scale businesses, which represent smaller run margins and
overall profitability for the co-packer. Small businesses may face reconciling their volume needs against
issues at co-packing facilities such as misrepresentation of expertise or technology, aging infrastructure or
machinery, failures to adhere to compliance or FSMA regulations, limited access or run time, failure to
adhere to quality agreements of product specifications, or high overhead costs.42
Opportunities
● Growing consumer interest in organic, local, and quality food products in addition to prepared/healthy
convenient foods and food delivery is a strong and consistent trend, which indicates opportunity to increase
the supply and existence of delivered local foods and prepared foods made with local and organic
ingredients.
● Culturally relevant food products and RTE food options are growing consumer segm ents and are also
increasingly demanded by wholesale and commercial clients looking to integrate culturally significant foods
into their menus and offerings (such as airlines, business cafeterias, school systems, etc.), creating demand
among small businesses and entrepreneurs with expertise in these culinary areas.
● A lack of value-added processing infrastructure indicates an opportunity to provide this type of certified
facility within the region to serve the growing community of small, urban, refugee, and minority farmers.
● The COVID-19 pandemic created new avenues for collaboration and secondary manufacturing to support
the food access needs of organizations, communities, state, and federal programs, which represents an
opportunity to grow food manufacturing in this sector, as well as job training and workforce development
related to its operations.
● The City of Kent and nearby cities of southern King County sit at a nexus of international transit hubs
(roadways, air freight and passenger freight, rail lines, etc.) that represent access and opportunity for
integration into local distribution networks for appropriately scaled businesses.
● The developing ecosystem of organizations and services aimed at providing food-business focused
incubation, training support, and technical services provides an opportunity to create a centralized locale
that “connects dots” between existing services in region and the needs of smaller producers and
manufacturers, especially in terms of scale and growth beyond start -up or early-stage classification and size.
Threats
● Unemployment is on the rise due to COVID-19. Loss of income may impact consumer and buyer ability to
pay premiums for locally produced foods, patronize restaurants, and buy directly from farmers.
● The restaurant industry and institutional food service are still struggling due to COVID-19 impacts. Hundreds
of restaurants have permanently closed throughout the Pacific Northwest since the onset of the pandemic,
and institutional food services that exist in commercial and institutional systems (such as colleges,
universities, hospitals, and related commercial buyers like airport hubs) have remained closed or are serving
greatly reduced volumes. This represents a significant decrease in potential buyers of lo cally produced food
at scale.
● There is a limited supply of wholesale-ready small food businesses, which will impact the proposed facility’s
ability to cash flow in the initial years.
● Small businesses, manufacturers, and small farm producers may not want to share infrastructure or share
risk with each other in order to benefit from a collaborative network model of production and distribution
within the proposed facility and/or a hub model of shared product distribution.
42 Heather Fairman, “Co-Packers: ‘5 golden rules’ to stay competitive and profitable,” Natural Products Insider, March 2018,
www.naturalproductsinsider.com/contract-manufacturing/co-packers-5-golden-rules-stay-competitive-and-profitable.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 134 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
107
● Stand-alone co-manufacturing facilities are few in number because the combination of skills and volume
required to operate the manufacturing lines at break-even is difficult, and most often must be offset by
additional funding or oversight to achieve operational balance and cash flow.
Risks and Mitigation Strategies
There are key risks to consider that may have a material impact on the successful development, launch, and viability
of the proposed KVFEC. However, the risks can be mitigated with the right upfront strategies.
Co-Manufacturing Challenges (Skills deficit and low profit margins for small runs)
● Mitigation Strategy: The integration of Fare Start’s stated uses for the facility to serve as a workforce
training opportunity around co-packing, logistics, and related manufacturing skills is a huge benefit to its
overall operational opportunity. Their ability to provide co-packing or co-manufacturing services to would
address the knowledge gap among users in operating the equipment lines on their own. Further, the
integration of workforce training into the overall model creates a secondary focus (and potential financial
offset) that may create a better financial picture for the overall operation.
Cash Flow Challenges (Limited supply of wholesale-ready small businesses)
● Mitigation Strategy: Work closely with the pipeline of existing companies graduating from or completing
training at existing incubation and development centers—curating small business supports, capital
supports, and access to appropriate technical assistance to ensure greater success rates during initial years
of facility operations. This will include fostering relationships with local organizations that can:
o Provide funding assistance or direct capital investment to support scale and volume needs on
aggressive or accelerated timelines.
o Provide continued business development services, technical assistance, and skills training to meet
new manufacturing needs.
o Provide relationship building with local buyer and distribution networks (especially wholesale and
commercial buyers) to facilitate revenue opportunities and potentially lower initial minimums or
volume requirements for first orders or runs in the new facility.
Operating Capital Challenges
● Mitigation Strategy: Fare Start, as the primary facility operator, will need to build in and identify a
contingency plan to proactively account for potential unplanned expenses or other pitfalls if the public
revenue streams are not able to offset initial operational costs in the opening years as projected. This may
include having the ability to adjust with minimal disruption to business operations, to monitor business
liquidity closely, and to develop sound ongoing mechanisms to track revenue and expenses and enhance
forecasting capabilities. The other partner organizations invested in the facility—such as King County, the
City of Kent, the Port of Seattle, and others—will also need to be prepared to invest time in cultivating
strong relationships with lenders and potential investors and ensure sufficient access to capital for both
Fare Start and the smaller tenants operating in the facility.
Labor and Employment Challenges
● Mitigation Strategy: The impacts of COVID-19 on the talent pool needed to support scaling operations
across the food industry cannot be ignored. However, the facility is well situated to create an internal
stream of potential, trained, ready talent through Fare Start’s workforce programming on-site. This should
help to offset the needs of businesses operating in the facility (or in nearby communities) to identify and
hire trained workers.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 135 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
108
The facility will also offer community members seeking employment or training opportunities for advancing
or diversifying skills within the food industry and thus should help to cultivate continuing relationships with
partners who can offer employment opportunities, apprenticeship opportunities, or other placement
options for graduates and users of the facility and local community.
Racism and Cultural Challenges
●Mitigation Strategy: As addressed in the SWOT analysis, the priority community that this facility is being
designed to serve—namely, culturally, and racially diverse communities with high numbers of refugee and
immigrant members—are statistically poorly represented in terms of access to capital for small business
growth or launch and will face language, cultural, and racism barriers in their daily interactions related to
employment and small business development and operation. Awareness of these challenges and continuing
development of the facility as a “clearing-house” for resources such as training, language supports, capital
and funding assistance, and job placement by partner organizations skilled in and experienced in working
with these communities will be essential for their continued success within the proposed facility. Further,
these developing partnerships will serve to grow and diversify the programming and uses of the facility in a
responsive way that supports anti-racism and community growth goals within the greater King County area.
Strategic Recommendations and Next Steps
The feasibility study presents the business case for the development of a Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center
in southern King County. It is the mechanism for the public sector to build and develop relationships with both
public and private sector partners, encourage public and private sector investment, and build trust and awareness
within the community it aims to serve.
A critical next step will be finalizing the ownership-operator structure for the facility and confirming Fare Start’s role
as anchor tenant and primary operator so that both parties (owner/operator) are engaged during the development
phase (outlined below) ensuring that the site plan, facility design, operating model, and business plan reflect their
strategic vision and risk profile.
Phase 1: Next Steps
NVA recommends the following steps for the core study team to continue to support the success of the project:
1.Conduct additional stakeholder outreach to identify anchor tenants, users, and program partnerships .
Understand the level of interest and enthusiasm of all attendees of the October 2021 stakeholder meetings.
Follow up individually with stakeholders who expressed interest in learning more and becoming users or
tenants of the space. Develop a cadence of communications to foster current stakeholder engagement and
reach and identify new interest groups. These communications (including offering a web presence for the
project) and outreach should be ongoing through the formal build process for the proposed facility.
2.Continue to develop a system of understanding of partners, opportunities, and services. A prime role for
this facility is as a “clearing house” or central hub for information, services, training opportunities, and
resource access for the ecosystem of small businesses, entrepreneurs, and community organizations looking
for or offering them. The core study team will need to define and develop these resources and how they
can be accessible to facility users, and what role those organizations/individuals will want to play in relation
to the proposed facility. As businesses and new relationships develop across the local food system, these
stakeholders and other intermediaries serving the same market should be open to opportunities that could
build efficiencies and strengthen markets.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 136 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
109
3. Confirm site selection. The core study team will need to refine the site criteria based on the results of this
feasibility study and asses, with the input of their stakeholders and advisory committee, the best site for
locating the facility in order to drive continued design and development.
Phase 2: Development
The following steps outline recommended actions for the next phase of the project —these may be performed
by the core study team or the operator/owner partnership and may include the input of a community board,
advisory board, or related designated group to continue to keep stakeholder and community viewpoints
considered in the process:
1. Confirm operator and anchor tenant relationships. Leveraging site selection criteria and the needs of the
identified operator and anchor tenant, operational models can be refined to clearly delineate the roles and
responsibilities of anchor tenants, primary operator, landlord/owner, public entity input, and
stakeholder/community oversight. Memoranda of understanding (MOU) are often drafted a t this stage for
selected site, owner/operator, and potential tenants.
2. Refine facility design and business planning. Update the operating model and building program based on
the chosen site, operator, and anchor tenant requirements. Generate initial drawings of the site plan, floor
plans, and elevations. Develop a refined final equipment list for both the primary operator and the public
spaces. Refine initial estimates of rough costs for construction, furniture, fixtures, and equipment and
tenant improvements.
3. Develop community contract and/or alternative governance model. If desired, draft a formal community
contract to elucidate the continued role of stakeholder, community partners, and organizational partners in
the development and operations of the facility. This may take many structures as a community contract,
oversight governance model, or related tool to ensure that these voices are represented in the major
decision milestones for the proposed facility.
4. Refine the business plan. Complete a comprehensive business plan that reflects the strategic vison of the
selected owner/operator and their operating model. This will include their role as facility manger and any
co-located enterprises the operator oversees directly. If necessary, the market analysis will be updated to
validate the owner/operator’s value proposition. The business plan will include the following:
a. Strategic plans for phased facility development, operations, staffing, financing, brand/marketing
b. Financial projections and capital requirements through breakeven and sources and use of funds
c. Governance structure and operating agreements with the core study team and other strategic
partners
d. Implementation roadmap with milestones for securing letters of intent with anchor tenants,
improving the site, facility design development, construction, and creating a private placement
memorandum for fundraising.
5. Commence fundraising. The project leaders (owner, operator, advisory team) should create a fundraising
plan to explore and secure diverse streams of capital from both public and private investors.
The two most important contributing success factors in the next phase of development are the final ization of the
site and the confirmation of an operator. The recommendations above assume that a final site discussion with
potential developers and negotiations with a potential operator are successful. If a site is not secured, some
development and design work can continue but cannot be finalized until this is resolved. If an operator is not
secured, a (part-time) project manager with development experience will be a key role/hire for the short term. This
project manager, with the core study team and relevant partners, would then need to issue an RFI to support an
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 137 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
110
operator search for the facility. Additionally, there are strategies the public sector can pursue to build momentum
and cultivate relationships through the planning phases that can be awarded to the identified operator.
Conclusion
The southern King County region is culturally rich and intentionally fostering growth and development in and among
the communities that make up its growing constituencies. Food system infrastructure that is dedicated to small
food businesses, small manufacturers, and small producers and their unique challenges is essential in bringing
sustainable food system change to any community. The City of Kent and the surrounding cities of southern King
County are no exception. It has all pieces needed for a vibrant local food economy and the opportunity to unite
them under one vision to support these growers and consumers.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 138 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
TOOL INPUT SOURCES OVERVIEW/GOALS RESEARCH QUESTIONS NEXT STEPS TIMELINE
INTERVIEWS Goal (Max): 20-25
●Advisory Committee
Members (potential
users/ partners)
●Stakeholders
(Regional Food
System)
●Farmers/ Producers
(Related
Organizations)
●Other
●Buyers - Anchors,
Institutional,
Wholesale (who can
assess demand via)
●Collect input in 30 min -1
hr. virtual/phone
conversations
●Open conversation -
script with questions and
goals.
●Used to validate
components and direct
facility operational
design/location.
●Used to better
understand “local”
product buying on
medium/large
(institutional) scales for
the area.
●Cross-validate with
survey information.
What are the features/services different user groups
are interested in? (ALL)
●Components (Use? Rank? Specifics? Pricing
Threshold?)
●Location Inputs
●Equipment Needs
●Frequency of use
●Services/Program Needs
●Price points
HUB/Warehouse use (from farmers & small
producers)?
●Processing needs (Specifics)
●Storage needs
●Aggregation/Distribution
●Location Inputs
●Pricing of local product
Commercial kitchen use (ALL)
●What types of businesses want a certified
commercial kitchen?
●Different user types - where is demand?
●Services/Program Needs
Retail use (ALL)
●Types of need, interest, budgets
●Temporary/Pop-Up vs. Short term
(Lease/Rentals)
Small Manufacturing Uses
Workforce Programming
Demand - buyers in the area/region (Port of Seattle,
local grocery/retail)
●Project Leads:
Review and finalize
communications
grid
●Project Leads -
review/feedback
on interview guides
●Project Leads -
introductions for
interviews
Intros:
9/10-9/17
Interviews:
9/17-10/1
APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1: MARKET ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH – RESEARCH PLAN
111
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 139 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
SECONDARY
RESEARCH
(Multiple)
Demographics -
King County
Ag inputs - Snohomish,
King, Pierce, Skagit
(Food shed)
Research to understand the
local food landscape -
regional vs. state of
Washington.
Topics to understand:
●Supply/Demand - Institutional and Wholesale
●Demand for local products
●Current Infrastructure in region
(transportation/access points)
●Competition and existing food system
infrastructure
●Regional Workforce
●Regional demographics
●Population/Trends
●Ethnic Breakdowns/Trends
●Household income & impacts
●Food businesses (potential users)
●Farmers/Ag landscape (potential users in food
shed)
●Food access needs/organizations
●Includes
review/update of
prior food system
studies and other
market/agricultur
al sources
●Project Leads:
Study area
defined
*Runs
concurrently with
primary
9/10-10/1
SURVEY Goal:
●Food Businesses /
Kitchen Users
(Including
Farmers/Producers)
Validate information that
was shared in interviews.
Topics to Understand:
●interest in the facility
●potential facility uses
●supply/demand (what is produced in the
region vs. what there is capacity to produce)
●Current production / capacity vs future or
desired production/capacity
●Challenges farmers/businesses face
●pricing information
●location inputs
●facility oversight and ownership
●Transit needs/access (impacts on location)
●Demand for local goods/price point
●Current sales channels and desired sales
channels
●Project Leads:
Creates survey
outreach list (list
servs, contact
sources, etc...)
●NVA drafts and
‘owns’ 3 surveys in
survey monkey
●NVA & Project
Leads help
organize a beta
test
●NVA sends
reminders to all
outreach leads
●NVA analyzes data
Draft surveys:
9/24
Review/Inputs:
10/1
Beta Test (1
week):
10/1-10/8
Survey out (3
weeks minimum):
10/8-10/29
Analyze (1 week):
11/5
112
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 140 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
CHARRETTE
*CHARETTE
OUTLINE
DOC
●Potential Operating
Partners
●Program Partners
●Primary users
(farmers, food
entrepreneurs,
businesses,
community partners)
●Buyers (local
products)
●Present out operating
model and primary
component design for
facility
●Refine and gather
inputs from
stakeholders to fine
tune and direct
financial analysis
●Finalize tenant/user/
operator inputs
●Get additional inputs
into local buyer
needs/landscape
●Make sure “all voices
are heard” - partner/
stakeholder
engagement
Format(s):
Virtual Convening
segmented into 2 focus
groups to share out model
and get feedback
-#1: Potential Operating
Partners/Program
Partners
-#2: Primary Users (all
groups) - segment
smaller if needed/large
response
Small Focus Group in Person
to share out model and get
feedback
-Primary/Lead
Anchor tenants and
partners
Topics to Refine:
●Interest in and support for the facility
●Potential uses
●Primary operators, tenants, anchor tenants,
users, user groups
●Pricing information (financial sustainability)
●Facility design/ layout
●Components defined (specifically)
●Primary tenant/ user/ partner needs
●Buyer landscape for local products (demand)
ASAP:
●Determine if live
or virtual
●Set Date
●Define format
●Define focus
groups, attendees
●Define goals
Next:
●Invites/Save the
Dates
●Set Agenda
●Set Focus Groups
●Finalize Document
needs
Possible Dates:
Week of 10/18 or
10/24
113
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 141 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
114
APPENDIX 2: PRIMARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS – INTERVIEW GUIDES
Introduction/Introductory Email Template
King County, the City of Kent and the Port of Seattle are exploring the development of a multi-functional, shared-use food
center in the Kent Valley. The purpose of this facility is to help small businesses grow and connect with target markets, and to
help organizations expand their capacity and impact. A facility that strategically co-locates and builds the capacity of the
growing hunger relief system with support for entrepreneurs could include the following functions and programming:
●Commercial Kitchens
●Storage Spaces
●Food Hub (Aggregation, Warehouse, Distribution space)
●Manufacturing and Processing Equipment
●Hunger Relief (food processing for food banks)
●Individual Production Spaces
●Direct Job Creation & Entry-level Job Training Services
●Food Manufacturing Apprenticeships
●Retail Space
●Event and Office Spaces
To support this development, New Venture Advisors, a leading national consulting firm specializing in local food system
planning and food enterprise strategy and development, was hired to help determine the ideal components, programs and
location for the facility, and eventually to develop a facility site plan and a business plan for the entire enterprise.
Over the next few months, NVA, in partnership with the project leads, will analyze the feasibility for this multi-purpose shared
use facility in Kent that addresses the needs of community organizations, nonprofit sector and small food businesses in order to
strengthen the local food system, empower residents to start new businesses, and thereby increase access to healthy,
affordable food for underserved communities.
As a first step in that process, we will be conducting a series of interviews to gain an understanding of the needs of key
stakeholders within the local community, such as yourself. We appreciate your inputs and contributions.
*Please note, we are recording interviews simply for note -taking purposes. Your interview will be confidential, but the context
of your input will be shared with the stakeholder group in some form.
Interview Template:
BASIC INFO (ASKED OF ALL INTERVIEWS):
1.Can you give us a high-level overview of your organization’s work and your role within that organization?
2.What are the biggest challenges you see for small food businesses / value-added food businesses in your region?
3.Are you familiar with or have you been involved with any of the ongoing work and discussions around the proposed
facility in Kent?
(*If not, re-share the overview above emphasizing the key components proposed by the project.)
4.How do you see your organization participating in this space?
●Operating or running the facility
●Operating or running one of the primary spaces (components)
●Offering or partnering on a program or service for users of the space
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 142 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
115
●As a User of one of the primary spaces (components)
●Members of my community or organization would be interested in using services/components
●Event use
●Funding support
●Local government, public agency, or related support
●Logistical support
●Technical expertise or resource support
●Other
ORGANIZATION, FARMER, OR ENTREPRENEUR SPECIFIC QUESTIONS:
(SEE BELOW) - insert questions for the appropriate use group
FOOD ENTERPRISE CENTER COMPONENTS:
**Asked of anyone who indicated operator, user, or partner interest
1.The facility, as proposed, is a combination of component spaces that could benefit different organizations in advancing
their work in a collaborative environment. I’d like to walk through the primary components in the space and discuss
how your organization might use them:
Component Component - Use? Service - Use?
Food Hub Warehouse/Aggregation Space: used to
aggregate local products, as well as sort,
pick, pack products to prepare them for
distribution or sale.
-Would you be interested in using
space for Aggregation Services
(Sorting, Picking, Packing)?
-Would you be interested in selling product(s) to the food hub
for distribution to local institutional and wholesale
customers?
-If yes, which type of products?
-If yes, is there a specific client you are interested in working
with?
-If yes, could you offer wholesale pricing?
Do you offer any programs or services that could benefit other users
of this space?
Storage:
●Cold
●Frozen
●Dry
-How much storage would you need
(square feet, shelves, units,
lockable, pallet)?
Commercial
Kitchen
Kitchen Spaces: hot & cold equipment
and/or cold prep areas
The proposed kitchen will have 4 primary
use functions:
●Commissary Kitchen: for large-
Would you be interested in access to any Incubation Support Services:
●Business development
●Starting a business
●Growing a business
●Marketing
●Product Development
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 143 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
116
scale production related to food
access or hunger services
●Incubation Kitchen: for incubation
of small business or entrepreneurial
services/products
●Processing Space: for the cleaning,
processing of fresh produce for
value-add production
●Scullery Access: dishwashing, basic
access
-Would you/ your organization be
interested in using any of these
spaces? (Which function?)
-To produce what?
-How frequently would you use the
space?
-Is there specific equipment you
need to produce your product?
-Packaging space?
-Dedicated environments (cold
space, HACCP spaces, etc...)?
-Employees or workers in your group
(#)?
●Culinary Skills
●Business Growth Strategy
●Other
Do you offer any programs or services that could benefit other users
of this space?
Processing Space
(Small
Manufacturing)
Processing Space: space with dedicated
small manufacturing equipment for use in
canning, bottling, small production, etc...
-Would you / your organization need
small production space?
-If yes, to produce what?
-If yes, what type of equipment
would you need access to?
-How frequently would you use the
space?
-Would you need private space or
could you use a shared/ communal
space?
Would you need training or assistance related to this space?
Would you need co-packing services or be interested in more
information on them?
Do you offer any programs or services that could benefit other users
of this space?
Retail Space Retail Spaces: dedicated spaces for short-
term lease or rental; or pop-up retail spaces
to test ideas or products
-Would you / your organization need
retail space?
Would you be interested in?
●Short term lease(s)
●Longer term lease(s)
●Pop-Up Space
Would you be interested in any programs or services to support small
retail?
●Business development
●Retail Strategy
●Marketing
●Business Growth Strategy
●Other
Do you offer any programs or services that could benefit other users
of this space?
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 144 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
117
Office / Other
Spaces
Do you have any additional support or space
needs?
●Office Space
●Co-Working Space (for employees
or users)
●Conference Room
●Classroom or Event Space
●Demo or Presentation Space
●Parking - how much?
●Truck Access (loading docks) - what
type of trucks?
●Food Truck or related access
●Transit Access (Bus, Rail)
●Other
Do you have any additional service or program needs?
Do you offer any programs or services that could benefit other users
of this facility?
2.The facility would need to charge affordable rates to sustain its operations. Do you have any inputs in terms of
budgets, rates, or related fees that you think are or are not affordable for the facility?
Component/Service Threshold for Rates/Fees Notes
Warehouse/Storage Spaces Term (lease, other)
HUB Aggregation/Distribution Space or Services
Kitchen - Rental Rates Term (Hourly, lease, other)
Other fees related to kitchen (equipment rental, support
services)?
Kitchen Services
Processing/Small Manufacturing Space
Other fees related to small manufacturing space
(equipment rental, support services)?
Small Manufacturing Services
Retail Space Term (Short Term, Longer Term, Pop-Up)?
Other spaces or support services (parking, loading,
office, conference, etc..)?
Workforce Training Programs
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 145 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
118
GENERAL PROJECT QUESTIONS (ASKED OF ALL INTERVIEWEES):
1.Are there any other ways your business could partner or benefit from this project?
3.Are there sites or locations you think would be most advantageous for this project?
4.Are there other individuals or organizations that you think we should be talking to in relation to this project?
Thank you again for your time today - if you have any questions or additional thoughts in relation to this conversation, please
feel free to reach out to me (contact information).
SPECIFIC QUESTIONS FOR USER GROUPS -
FOR ORGANIZATIONS WORKING WITH TRAINING/SPECIAL COMMUNITIES:
1.If your organization would be supporting the space by encouraging your members or constituents to use the space,
how do we best incorporate (or consider) their needs into the space design?
2.Are there specialty needs, program supports, or accessibility considerations that your members/constituents have?
3.Would your organization be interested in operating a space? Offering programming to users?
4.[If applicable] Would you be interested in training programs to support job development in any of the following
sectors?
a.Hospitality/Culinary
b.Small Food Manufacturing
c.Co-Packing/Processing
5.[If applicable] Do you offer any programs or services that could benefit other users of the facility?
SMALL BUSINESS/ENTREPRENEURS:
1.What products do you currently produce?
a.Are there products/offerings that you would like to add to what you currently produce?
b.What are the barriers to doing so (space, market need, etc...)?
2.Where are you currently processing / preparing your product for sale?
a.How did you choose this location or site?
b.What challenges, if any, have you found with production, storage, and distribution?
3.[If applicable] Do you currently work with local farmers or producers for raw materials for your products?
a.If yes, which products do you purchase locally and from where?
b.If no, is there a reason why not?
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 146 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
119
4.[If applicable] Do you think there is strong demand for local products in your regional marketplace?
a.What is the most demand for (specific products)?
b.What is the least demand for (specific products)?
5.What are your current sales channels (Mark all channels you sell via):
Farmers Market or On-site Market
Direct to Consumer via Farm, website, subscription service (?), or other in-person farm stand sales
Food Hub
Grocery or Co-Op
Wholesale Customers (restaurants, smaller businesses, markets, specialty)
Wholesale Customers (institutional - schools, hospitals, etc..)
Wholesale Customers via a Distributor (if yes, who?)
6.If offered, would you be interested in selling products to the “food hub” for distribution to institutional or regional
retail clients?
a.If yes, what products?
b.If not, is there a reason why not?
7.In your opinion, does the local demand support a reasonable price for your products?
a.If you are comfortable sharing, are your prices lower, same as, or higher than local grocery outlets for similar
products?
b.If you are comfortable sharing, what is the difference between your prices and prices for similar products a t
local grocery outlets?
8.What do you think influences local customers to purchase local products over other options (mark all that apply) and
why?
a.Price
b.Value
c.Packaging
d.Marketing
e.“local” support
f.Convenience (locational)
FARMERS/FARM ORGANIZATIONS:
1.What is your current production (crops and value add) or what do the farmers in your organization specialize in?
2.What are your current sales channels? (For Crops, For Value-Add)
a.Which are most successful?
b.Are you currently selling products to any food hubs? (If yes, which?)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 147 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
120
c.Do you sell wholesale - are you interested in selling to institutional buyers?
d.(Based on above) Do you have a need/interest in selling to a new food hub (produce or value add)?
3.[if relevant] Are there products/offerings that you would like to add to what you currently produce?
a.What are the barriers to doing so (growth space, processing space, market need, etc...)?
4.[If relevant] How are you processing / preparing your product for sale?
a.What challenges, if any, have you found with production, storage, and distribution?
5.What other programs and/or services would you like to see the Center offer for farmers like yourself (both for produce
and for value-add products)?
BUYERS/PROCUREMENT:
1.As a food buyer, which option below best describes your operation?
●Grocery – independent or specialty
●Grocery – chain
●Distributor – broad line
●Distributor – produce or specialty
●Institution – college or university
●Institution – K-12 school, childcare center, YMCA, daycare
●Institution – hospital, retirement community, nursing home
●Restaurant / café
●Brewery or Distillery
●Processor – proteins, value added produce, specialty goods
●Other (Please specify)
2.What is your approximate annual spend (in dollars) in each of the following categories? Ballpark estimates are fine.
a.Whole, fresh produce (includes vegetables, fruit, berries, etc.)
b.Processed produce (fresh cut, washed, frozen)
c.Meat, poultry
d.Dairy, eggs
e.Grains
f.Specialty Products (honey, syrup, beverages, jams, etc.)
3.What do you require of suppliers in terms of food safety? Choose all that apply.
●No requirements
●Must offer traceability
●Must pass our on-farm audit
●Must have on-farm food safety plan
●Must be GAP and/or GHP certified (for whole produce)
●Must be HACCP certified (for processed produce)
●Must be slaughtered in a USDA facility (for land-based proteins)
●Must be processed in an FDA inspected facility (for seafood)
●We depend on our distributors’ requirements
●Other (please specify)
4.What do you require of new suppliers in terms of specifications and certifications (like packaging, labeling, palletizing,
volume, bulk vs. portioned…allergen free, peanut free, Halal, kosher, organic, non GMO)
5.How does your organization define “local” when referring to locally grown or produced food products?
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 148 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
121
●Grown within a radius of 50 miles
●Grown within a radius of 150 miles
●Grown within a radius of 200 miles
●Grown in King County
●Grown in Washington State
●Grown in the Pacific Northwest Region
●We do not specifically define local
●Other (please specify)
6.Who are your primary suppliers of local farm and locally produced CPG products?
●Farmers
●Small Producers/Small Businesses
●Broadline distributor (i.e., Sysco, US Foods, Gordon Food Service, etc.)
●Specialty or local distributor (i.e., EX)
●Regional Food Hub
●Agricultural cooperative
●Small business support organization
●Retailers (i.e., other grocery stores)
●Local business development or regional public authority
●Not applicable
●Other (please specify)
7.Approximately what percentage of your annual spending (in dollars) in each category below is for locally produced
items? <5% 5-10% 10-20% 20-30% 30-40% >40% Prefer not to answer
a.Whole, fresh produce (includes vegetables, fruit, berries, etc.)
b.Processed produce (fresh cut, washed, frozen)
c.Meat, poultry
d.Dairy, eggs
e.Grains
f.Jar/Can - shelf stable goods
g.Snack Items
h.Prepared Meals
i.Frozen products
j.Refrigerated products
k.Beverages
8.What are some challenges you face when purchasing local products? (Examples include:)
○Pricing- product is too expensive
○Volume- unable to fill the quantity needed
○Quality- product does not meet grading standards or is inconsistent
○Availability- not able to consistently provide product
○Timing- seasonality of produce does not align with consumer demand
○Diversity of product- not enough selection
○Professional skills of suppliers- unprofessional or poor communication
○Effort- too much effort required on my part to find and source local
○Traceability – suppliers can’t meet traceability requirements
○Packaging/Specifications – suppliers can’t meet spec requirements for packaging, labeling etc.
○Other (please specify)
9.If it met your requirements (e.g., with respect to price, services, product set, certifications, etc.), how likely is your
organization to buy from a food hub that sources and sells locally made products in our region? Note that a regional food
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 149 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
122
hub is an entity that helps wholesale buyers (restaurants, grocery stores, institutions, distributors, etc.) connect with and
purchase from local producers. Food hubs can take many forms - packing houses, processing facilities, online
marketplaces, etc.
[Extremely likely; Very likely; Somewhat likely; Not very likely; Not at all likely]
10.(If not very or not at all likely...) What are your main hesitations around buying from a food hub?
11.(If extremely, very, or somewhat.) What are your main reasons for buying from a new food hub?
12.Which of the following describes your preferred pricing strategy with respect to local products? (Select all that apply)
●Local product pricing should match the market pricing for standard / nonlocal products
●We are willing to pay a premium above standard pricing for most or all local product
●We are willing to pay a premium above standard pricing for well branded, farm identified local product
●Other (please specify)
13.If your pricing and other requirements were met, what volume of the following local products would you buy from a
food hub annually? Please enter a dollar amount.
a.Vegetables
b.Fruit
c.Eggs
d.Dairy
e.Protein/Meat
f.Grains
g.Legumes
h.Value added products
i.Prepared foods
j.Processed fruits and vegetables (frozen, chopped, etc.)
k.Meat, poultry
l.Dairy, eggs
m.Grains
n.Jar/Can - shelf stable goods
o.Snack Items
p.Prepared Meals
q.Frozen products
r.Refrigerated products
s.Beverages
t.Not applicable
u.Other (please specify)
14.What are the top products you would be most interested in getting from local sources through a food hub? Please be
specific, e.g., heirloom tomatoes, rainbow carrots, fresh cut salad greens, bulk honey, 1% milk in pints, packaged snack
chips, 8 oz beverages, etc.
a.Product 1
b.Product 2
c.Product 3
d.Product 4
e.Product 5
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 150 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
123
APPENDIX 3: PRIMARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS – SURVEY RESULTS
The following survey table results were not included in the survey findings section above but are referenced and
included in the analysis. They are being provided here to ensure there is a full record of all survey results.
Q2. Operation Count %
Operate a food business, not licensed 1 3%
Operate a licensed food business 28 76%
Plan to start a food business in the future 5 14%
Ready to launch a food business 3 8%
Total Respondents 37
Q3: Food Business Launch Date Count
Within the next 6-12 months 5
Within the next 13-24 months 3
Total Respondents 8
Q16: Excited About for the new Facility Count
Opportunity (to scale, increase access, new products, more space) 8
Equipment (bottling, canning, hot fill, freezer space, packaging), safe & sanitary
conditions 6
Services (loading dock, technical assistance, production aids) 4
Networking with others 3
Profits/Lower production costs 3
Location 2
Total Respondents 28
Q17: No Commercial Kitchen/Processing Space Interest
I want to stay on the grower side. But the opportunity I see is for this incubator to train more
butchers/ meat cutters.
I have my own rented location
We do occasionally buy things produced at commercial kitchens (frozen meals to go into food
boxes etc), but producing anything ourselves there is not in our business plan.
my partner and I own TOJO Commissary where our hummus company, ZIVA, currently produces.
We have a long term lease on the building. I've spoken with so many small food businesses about
why they aren't a good fit for our space that I believe I can offer great insight into your project
Q19: Specific Requirements
1500-3000 sq ft.
60-100 gallon cook kettles
Herb and spice grinding and sanitary bottling/labeling equipment
Hot fill bottling equipment
Meet most wholesaler/distributer requirements
Packaging equipment (chilling equipment, freezer space, palletizing facility, walk in fridge, hot fill)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 151 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
124
Q30: Retail Interested In Count
Pop-up (temporary) retail space to sell and test products 7
Long-term lease/rental of retail space to sell my products 5
Short-term lease/rental of retail space to sell my
products 3
Total Respondents 10
Q32: Travel to Kent Valley Count
Car 18
Bus 1
Sound Transit 1
Total Respondents 20
Q33: Distance Willing to Travel Count
0-10 miles 5
11-20 miles 9
21-30 miles 3
Over 30 miles 3
Total Respondents 20
Q34: Additional Commercial Kitchen Concerns
USDA or Gluten-free certification would be great
Would like a South King location
Provide technical assistance for production
Increase community and networking
Emphasize food safety
Don't try to do too much
Offer co-packing
Let experienced people make decisions (not gov. thinking)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 152 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
Commercial Kitchens
Storage Spaces
Food Hub (Aggregation, Warehouse, Distribution space)
Manufacturing and Processing Equipment
Hunger Relief (food processing for food banks)
Individual Production Spaces
Direct Job Creation & Entry-level Job Training Services
Food Manufacturing Apprenticeships
Retail Space
Event and Office Spaces
We need your input!
This survey is for food businesses, food entrepreneurs, farmers who do value added processing, and
any aspiring combination of the former - who may be interested in utilizing a new commercial facility
offering shared use kitchens and food manufacturing spaces in the Kent Valley of Washington State.
The survey will take approximately 15 minutes to complete and will ask a range of questions regarding
your food business and how this food entrepreneurship center can best support your needs. Your
input is crucial to building a facility that reflects the needs of our community, thank you in advance for
your time and participation.
* 1. Where is your business located? Please enter your zip code.
* 2. Which phrase below best describes you? Select one
Operate a licensed food business
Operate a food business, not licensed
Ready to launch a food business
Plan to start a food business in the future
Other (please specify)
APPENDIX 4: PRIMARY RESEARCH ANALYSIS - SURVEY TEMPLATE
King County, the City of Kent, and the Port of Seattle are exploring the development of a multi-
functional, shared-use food center in the Kent Valley. The purpose of this facility is to help small
businesses grow and connect with target markets, and to help organizations expand their capacity
and impact. This facility may include the following services:
125
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 153 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
*3. When do you anticipate launching your food business?
Within the next 6-12 months
Within the next 1-2 years
Within 3-5 years
Not sure
*4. Select the option below that best describes your food business.
Specialty packaged product (i.e., jams, pickles, pasta, sausage, granola, etc.)
Beverage (including beer/wine/spirits)
Baked goods
Prepared meals/meal kits
Food truck
Caterer
Restaurant
Farmer processing crops for value-added products (i.e., pickles, jams, canned goods, grains, etc..)
Food reclamation
Other (please specify)
*5. Please describe your operation. What products do you produce/want to produce? If you are a farmer,
please indicate the crops you are/want to begin processing.
*6. As a farmer, are you also interested in selling your raw crops directly to a food hub that stores, aggregates
and sells local products for you?
Yes
No
Maybe, if I had more information
126
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 154 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
Product 1
Product 2
Product 3
Product 4
Product 5
Other (please write in)
7.What would you be interested in selling to a food hub? Please list the products or crops and the estimated
volume (ie - cases, bottles, pallets, etc..)
*8. Where do you currently produce your goods?
At home
A contract food manufacturing facility
A shared kitchen / incubator kitchen
A commercial kitchen
I am not currently producing
Food truck or mobile kitchen
I use a co-packer
I am not current producing
*9. You indicated you use a shared kitchen/incubator kitchen or a commercial kitchen. Which specific
facility(s) do you use? Please write name and location here:
10.You indicated you use a co-packer. Which specific facility/facilities do you use? Please write name and
location here:
127
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 155 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
*11. How long have you been generating revenue?
Have not yet launched
<1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
5-10 years
10+ years
*12. Where do you / will you sell your products? (Select all that apply)
Farmers market, farm stand or CSA
My own store, e-commerce store, restaurant, or food truck
Retailers, grocery stores, cooperatives
Restaurants and cafes
Wholesale or Institutions (schools, hospitals, etc.)
via Distributors
via Co-packer
Food hubs
Other (please specify)
*13. Are you interested in selling to new wholesale buyers (either directly or through a food hub or related
program partner)?
A food hub is an organization that aggregates, buys and sells local products to wholesale and institutional
buyers.
Yes
No
Maybe, if I had more information
*14. Who are your primary suppliers of local farm products?
Farmers
Traditional Wholesalers (i.e. Sysco, US Foods, etc.)
Food Hub
Agricultural Cooperative
Retailers (i.e. other grocery stores)
I do not source local farm products for my food business
Other (please specify)
128
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 156 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
A shared-use kitchen is a certified commercial kitchen in which individuals or businesses can prepare
value-added food products or meals, often paying an hourly or daily rate to lease a space shared by
others. These spaces are most often used by culinary or packaged food entrepreneurs. These spaces
may also include food processing space that provide access to small-scale manufacturing equipment
that allows producers to scale or grow their operations.
The following questions will be used to inform what services and features a potential commercial
kitchen and/or processing space could provide to users like yourself in King County.
*15. Assuming it met your requirements with respect to availability / timeline, pricing and facility features, how
interested would you be in producing your goods out of a new commercial kitchen or processing space?
Extremely interested Very interested Undecided Not very interested Not at all interested
16.What makes you most excited about operating in a new commercial kitchen and/or processing space
in the region?
17.Why is operating in a new commercial kitchen and/or processing space of no interest to you at this time?
*18. What are your top 3 requirements with respect to the following? (Select up to 3 only)
Special access hours (i.e. 24-hour access, night access,
daytime only, weekend access)
Specialized equipment – kitchen production or food
manufacturing
Storage square footage or pallet space (cold, frozen, or dry)
Access to a loading dock
Proximity to public transportation
Allergen free area
Private production space that only I can access
Access to co-packing service that processes my products
according to my specifications
Other (please describe)
129
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 157 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
19.Do you have specific requirements for specialized equipment, space needs (square footage) or any other
requirements? Please list here.
*20. Which of the following processing techniques do you employ? (Select all that apply)
Assembly of dry ingredients
Bottling
Canning or preserving in jars
Cutting, slicing, shredding of fresh produce
Drying, dehydration
Fermenting
Freezing - blast chiller
Juicing
Milling or grinding
Grinding
Specialty cooking (e.g. large scale braising, roasting,
steaming)
Baking
Smoking
N/A
Other (please specify)
*21. Is your business or product seasonal? If so, please check the months of the year during which you are in
production.
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Not seasonal / Year round
130
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 158 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
*22. On average, during the months you are active, how many hours per week are you in production?
1-5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Over 40
*23. On average, when you are in production, how many people do you have in the kitchen (including
yourself)?
Just me
2
3
4
5
6
7
Over 8
would not consider would consider would prefer
Hourly fee for kitchen
use and monthly fee for
storage unit
Monthly fee for a set
number of hours and
storage
Annual fee for unlimited
hours and set storage
Other (please specify)
*24. What pricing structure(s) would you be open to? Select all that apply.
131
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 159 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
so inexpensive you
doubt the quality a bargain a good value
too expensive to
consider
<$10
$10
$15
$20
$25
$30
$35
$40
$45
>$45
*25. If the commercial kitchen charged for each hour you utilized the kitchen, at what hourly rate (in dollars)
would you consider it a bargain, a good value, too expensive or too inexpensive?
*26. What is your current annual production volume? Answer in whatever units you typically use to assess
your production (i.e., cases, pounds, units, pallets, etc).
*27. We are considering providing commercial kitchen clients or members of the Food Center with technical
assistance and training services to help them successfully grow their business. What would be the top 5 most
valuable training or support services for your business?
General business strategy support / business plan
development
Accounting and bookkeeping
Business growth strategy
How to scale or produce at volume
Marketing, branding, sales support
Navigating food safety requirements
Hiring, human resources and/or access to shared labor
Fundraising and valuation
Distribution
Local sourcing
Collective purchasing
Recipe testing and support
Being part of a food business community
Other (please specify)
132
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 160 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
28.What are the greatest barriers to your ability to grow/scale your business or produce at volume? Select all
that apply.
Access to equipment
Access to space
Access to capital
Access to sales channels / buyers
Knowledge/experience
Not applicable
Other (please specify)
Not interested Moderately interested Very interested N/A
Large gathering/event
space used for public
events, fairs, lectures,
conferences
Shared office space
Private office space
Classroom for food-
related activities,
seminars, trainings,
demonstrations
Retail space
Event space for private
functions (reunions,
parties, etc.)
Demo space for meeting
with clients or tastings
Other (please share your additional space ideas)
*29. Below are potential shared-use spaces that could exist within the Food Center. For each one, please
indicate your level of interest in using or having access to these spaces
30.If you were interested in 'retail space' in the previous question, what type of retail space would you be
interested in? Select all that apply
Short-term lease/rental of retail space to sell my products
Long-term lease/rental of retail space to sell my products
Pop-up (temporary) retail space to sell and test products
Other (please specify)
133
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 161 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
*31. Where is the ideal location of the Commercial Kitchen or Food Processing facility and why? (Describe
location/city, specific site, or an existing facility/building etc.)
32.If the facility was located in central Kent Valley, how would you travel to this location?
Car
Bus
Sound Transit
Rideshare
Other (please specify)
*33. How far would you be willing to travel each way to a commercial kitchen or food processing facility?
Please provide your answer in miles or time spent on public transportation.
34.Please share any additional thoughts or questions you have about the development of a commercial
kitchen in your region.
134
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 162 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
Disagree Undecided/Unsure Agree
Shoppers and diners
seek out locally-
produced products
Shoppers and diners
are willing to pay more
for locally-produced
products
Shoppers and diners
need education on the
value of buying locally
produced food
Institutional buyers
seek out locally-
produced products
Institutional buyers are
willing to pay more for
locally produced
products
Farmers have the
opportunity to sell large
quantities of locally
produced products
Farmers have the
opportunity to grow and
sell a diverse set of
products
Farmers have a diverse
choice in customers to
sell to
The demand for local
product exceeds supply
*35. How would you describe the market in King County for locally grown and produced products?
Please rate the following statements from agree to disagree.
Your answers to the following questions will allow us to determine how the mix of survey respondents
compares to the population of King County as a whole. These results will remain private and will not
be shared.
135
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 163 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
36.What is your age? (only one answer)
19 or under
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-69
70-79
80 and over
Prefer not to answer
37.What gender do you identify with?
Female
Male
Transgender
Non-binary
Prefer not to answer
38.What is the highest level of education you have completed?
Less than a high school degree
High school degree or equivalent
Some college (1-4 years, no degree)
Associate’s degree (including occupational or academic
degrees)
Bachelor’s degree (BA, BSc, AB, etc)
Master’s, Professional, or Doctorate degree
Prefer not to answer
39.What is your total household income in the last 12 months?
Under $20,000
$20,001 – $40,000
$40,001 – $60,000
$60,001 – $80,000
$80,001 – $100,000
$100,001 or over
Prefer not to answer
136
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 164 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
40. Please specify your ethnicity.
White
Hispanic, Latino or Spanish origin
Black or African American
American Indian or Alaska Native
Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander
Asian
Prefer not to answer
Other (please specify)
41. King County, the City of Kent, and the Port of Seattle will be hosting an event in October to discuss the
results of this survey, potential plans for the Kent Valley Food Center and to gain additional feedback. Please
select the following as it applies to you:
I am interested in attending, regardless of timing
I am interested in attending if the meeting is during the work day
I am interested in attending if the meeting is in the evening
I am not interested in attending this event
Name
Company
Email Address
Phone Number
42. If you selected yes to the above or if you would like to be added to a contact list for this project, please
provide your contact information below.
Thank you for taking the time to complete this survey! Select DONE below to submit your answers.
Please share this survey link with any interested small businesses, farmers, producers,
entrepreneurs, or related individuals (small companies) who could provide inputs.
If you have any questions, please contact Michael Lufkin, Local Food Economy Manager, King County
at michael.lufkin@kingcounty.gov.
Thank you!
137
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 165 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
# Component
Client's
Name/
Language
Phase Case Study/ Analog Key Activities Mission/ Goal Focus Audience Business
Structure
Revenue/
Financial
Streams
Cost Structure Operator Possible Partners/ Role
Unique Space
Needs
Access Space
Needs
Staff Needs
(MIN)Intersects with
1 Commercial Kitchen
Space - 1 TBD - Incubation Kitchen
- Entrepreneurship access point for
local community (small business
support and development)
Entrepreneurs TBD
Rental Usage
Fees (Hourly or
Set Time
Frame)
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD Kitchen
(Hot/Prep)
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
Kitchen
Manager Storage
- Value-Add Processing Space for
Farmers
- Support additional revenue for local
producers (value-add,
training/certifications needed, etc..)
Small
Businesses
Overhead
(equipment)Office Warehouse
(holding)
Janitorial
(shared)Loading/ Receiving
- Demo Kitchen (A/V-Technology)
- Outfitted space (A/V + Technology) to
allow for demonstrations, cooking
classes, and related
educational/community events.
Farmers/
Producers Labor Loading/
Receiving Event Space
Processing Space
2 Production Space (Small
Manufacturing)- 1 TBD - Scaleable production space for light
manufacturing (processing lines)
-Space for small businesses to access
small manufacturing lines or processing/
packaging equipment (intended to
increase sale and production).
Entrepreneurs TBD
Rental Usage
Fees (Hourly or
Set Time
Frame)
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD
Processing
Space (Food
Safe)
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
Production
Manager Storage
- Potential connection point for co-
packer or related offerings
Small
Businesses
Overhead
(equipment)
Packaging
Space (Food
Safe)
Warehouse
(holding)
Janitorial
(shared)Loading/ Receiving
Farmers/
Producers Labor Office Loading/
Receiving Event Space
Kitchen Space
3 Hub/Warehouse Space - 1 TBD - Holding warehouse - Warehouse holding space for in/out of
finished product items Entrepreneurs TBD Fees Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD Warehouse
(Dry)
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
Hub Manager Storage
- Aggregation Space for distribution/
packaging
- Production space to allow for the pick/
pack of CPG and/or producer products
(crops) for funnel to distribution
Small
Businesses Sales %Overhead
(equipment)
Loading/
Receiving
Logistics
(Warehouse)
Staff
Kitchen Space
- Pallet storage structure Farmers/
Producers Labor Office Janitorial
(shared)Processing Space
4 Storage Space(s)- 1 TBD - Cold, Frozen, and Dry Storage
- Support storage for other components
(kitchen, processing, warehouse, event
spaces)
Entrepreneurs TBD
Fees
*or built into
other rental fee
structures
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
Warehouse
(Dry)
N/A (Covered in
other functional
spaces)
Hub/Warehouse
- Pallet, shelf, and lockable storage
structure
Small
Businesses
Overhead
(equipment)
Loading/
Receiving Kitchen Space
Farmers/
Producers Processing Space
Loading/ Receiving
5 Individual Production
Spaces - 1 TBD - Rent or Lease based individual spaces
- Provide access point for
entrepreneurs/ small businesses to
lease or rent (timelines TBD) private
space for use for food-safe production
or related functions
Entrepreneurs TBD
Lease or rental
fees (short or
long-term)
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD
Private
Production
Space
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
N/A (Covered in
other functional
spaces)
Hub/Warehouse
Small
Businesses
Overhead
(equipment)
Warehouse
(holding)Kitchen Space
Loading/
Receiving Processing Space
Storage
Loading/ Receiving
6 Retail Spaces - 1 TBD - Entry point retail spaces for small
businesses
- Provide entrepreneurs and small
businesses with a retail space at lower
cost entry (below market rate) to sell
food products or provide food-service
concepts
Entrepreneurs TBD
Lease or rental
fees (short or
long-term)
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD
Retail pods or
spaces (public
facing)
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
Rental/
Oversight
Manager
Storage
- Pop-Up or Flex space for incubation
continuation
- Provide entrepreneurs and small
businesses with a retail space at lower
cost entry (below market rate) to sell
food products or provide food-service
concepts (Temporary or Pop-Up would
be short term)
Small
Businesses
*Possible set
fee for pop-up
use
Overhead
(equipment)
Loading/
Receiving
janitorial
(Shared)Loading/ Receiving
7 Event/Multi-Use Space - 1 TBD - Indoor, year-round event space that is
convertible for multiple uses/functions
- Provide event space for multiple uses
for community partners and facility
users:
- Classroom space
- Conference room space
- Large event space (>100 attendees)
- Small event space (<100 attendees)
Community
Members TBD
Rental Usage
Fees (Hourly or
Set Time
Frame)
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD Configurable
Space
Storage
(Frozen, Cold,
Dry)
Rental/
Oversight
Manager
Storage
Entrepreneurs Labor Loading/
Receiving
janitorial
(Shared)Loading/ Receiving
Small
Businesses Kitchen Space Kitchen Space
8 Office Space - 1 TBD - Office space for partner and
community organizations
- Provide office space for community
organizations, partners, and facility
users
Community
Members TBD
Lease or rental
fees (short or
long-term)
Overhead
(Space)TBD TBD Individual Office
Spaces -
Rental/
Oversight
Manager
-
- Open concept/ community access
shared office or shared desk space Entrepreneurs
Usage Fees
(Variable time) -
for co-working
desks
Open concept
co-work space
janitorial
(Shared)
Small
Businesses
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS (BUSINESS MATRIX)
138
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 166 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
Main Facility (Designated) Spaces Shared Spaces/
Components Public Area
Dedicated Hot Spaces Support Spaces Refrigerated or Cooled
Storage or Work Space COLD
COMPONENTS AREAS HYBRID
MODEL SIZE
CONSTRUCTION
PER SQ FT
(ESTIMATES)
GENERATES
REVENUE
(Y/N)
IDEAL
ADJACENCIES
HIGH BAY or
STANDARD
HEIGHT
MUST BE AT
GRADE?
PUBLIC or
PRIVATE?COMMENTS
Commercial Kitchen Space
Commissary Kitchen Space
(includes veg processing space +
scullery)
9,625.00 550 Y Receiving/
Holding/ Storage Standard N Private
Demo Kitchen (Public Access) - Hot
Line + Classroom Space 400.00 550 Y Reception/ Public
Spaces Standard N Public
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 10,025.00
Production Space Food Safe Manufacturing Space
(Mechanized Lines)8,300.00 250 Y Receiving/
Holding/ Storage High Bay Y Private
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 8,300.00
HUB (Warehouse Space)Warehouse/ Aggregation Space 5,000.00 200 Y Storage High Bay Y Private
Loading/Receiving 775.00 200 N Storage High Bay Y Private
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 5,775.00
Storage Spaces Storage: Dry 3,200.00 200 Y Receiving High Bay Y Private
Storage: Cold/Refrigerated 3,700.00 435 Y Receiving High Bay Y Private
Storage: Frozen 3,200.00 435 Y Receiving High Bay Y Private
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 12,600.00
Individual Production Spaces:
Food Safe Manufacturing/Production
Space
10 spaces + Growth Room
5,000.00 250 Y Storage/ Kitchen High Bay Y Private
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 5,000.00
Retail Space Retail Spaces (Total)750.00 350 Y Main Access Standard Y Public
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 750.00
Event Space Multi-Purpose (Convertible Space)2,350.00 350 Y Main Access Standard Y Public
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 2,350.00
Office Space Office Spaces (Private, Shared, Co-
Work)1,380.00 350 Y Main Access Standard Y Private
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 1,380.00
Shared/ Support Facility
Components Toilet Rooms (User + Staff)800.00 400 N Main Production
Spaces Standard N Private
Toilet Rooms (Public Access)800.00 500 N Main Access Standard N Public
Mechanical/ Electrical Room 200.00 200 N -Standard N Private
Technology Room 200.00 200 N -Standard N Private
Janitorial Space 100.00 200 N -Standard N Private
Corridors/ Circulation 1,200.00 220 N ---Public
Elevator/Stair Access 600.00 220 N ---Public
Public/Reception Area 150.00 250 N Main Access Standard Y Public
TOTAL COMPONENT SQ FOOTAGE 4,050.00
PRIMARY SPACE TOTALS 50,230.00
*all primary building spaces; does
not include parking lot & dumpster
(outdoor area)
Outside Components/Support
Areas Parking Lot TBD N Main Entrance Shared Y Public *Need to size for Kent (Joel)
Truck Turn Areas TBD N Main Entrance Shared Y Public *Need to size for Kent (Joel)
Outside Support Area:
Trash, Recylcing, Compost (7-8
dumpsters)
Compactors x 2
Generator x 1
2,500.00 200 N Loading/
Receiving Shared Y Private *Will be determined by local
regulations and practical use (Kent)
OUTDOOR FOOTPRINT TOTALS *full footprint (with outside required
spaces)
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS (BUILDING PROGRAM)
139
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 167 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
Component Baseline (Small)@ SQ FT
(MINIMUM)
Medium @ SQ FT
(MINIMUM)
Large @ SQ FT
(MINIMUM)
Commercial Kitchen Basic access kitchen for incubation and production needs. Set-
up as a commissary style space with basic hotline, scullery, and
cold prep spaces.
Small scale (@200 sq ft per station)
Hot line stations: 2
Cold Prep stations: 2
(NO Demo Kitchen Space)
800.00
Medium scale (@300 sq ft per station)
Hot line stations: 2
Cold Prep stations: 2
Small Demo Kitchen Space (Public Facing) with A/V technology
supports. @400 sq ft
1,600.00
(SAME)
1,600.00
Production Space
(Small Manufacturing)
Food safe production space with mechanized lines (dehydration,
freeze, cold-pack, bottling, packaging, canning, etc..) with
equipment supports.
Max 2 production lines in space = @500 sq ft per line
*bottling, dehydration, freeze pack (most requested)
Dry packaging area = @500 sq ft space
(NO separate Veg Processing Space)
1,500.00
Max 3 production lines in space = @500 sq ft per line
*bottling, dehydration, freeze pack (most requested)
Dry packaging area = @500 sq ft space
Small separate Veg Processing Space - wet sinks, drying racks,
pick/pack set-up = @300 sq ft of space
2,300.00
Max 4 production lines in space = @500 sq ft per line
*bottling, dehydration, freeze pack (most requested)
Dry packaging area = @500 sq ft space
Small separate Veg Processing Space - wet sinks, drying racks,
pick/pack set-up = @300 sq ft of space
2,800.00
Hub/Warehouse Space
Loading/Unloading hub space (including):
- 2 loading dock bays with levelers to accomodate all truck types
= 600 sq ft
- Warehouse Storage Space (pallet based racking) - 2 x (10ft x
10 ft) double height pallet racks (400 sq ft minimum for rack +
turn area) = 800 sq ft
- Storage for equipment = 200 sq ft
1,600.00
- 3 loading dock bays with levelers to accomodate all truck types =
900 sq ft
- Warehouse Storage Space (pallet based racking) - 4 x (10ft x 10
ft) double height pallet racks (400 sq ft minimum for rack + turn
area) = 1,600 sq ft
- Storage for equipment = 200 sq ft
2,700.00
- 4 loading dock bays with levelers to accomodate all truck types
= 1,200 sq ft
- Warehouse Storage Space (pallet based racking) - 6 x (10ft x
10 ft) double height pallet racks (400 sq ft minimum for rack +
turn are) = 2400 sq ft
- Storage for equipment = 200 sq ft
3,800.00
Storage Space(s)
Dry, Cold and Frozen Storage Space (pallet, shelf, and cage
based racking)
- Dry 500 sq ft min
- Cold 800 sq ft min
- Frozen 800 sq ft min
2,100.00
- Dry 1,000 sq ft min
- Cold 1,800 sq ft min
- Frozen 1,800 sq ft min 4,600.00
- Dry 2,000 sq ft min
- Cold 2,500 sq ft min
- Frozen 2,500 sq ft min 7,000.00
Individual Production
Space (Fare Start)
Private Space @30,000 square feet to support ind. needs:
- Production Space (MFG)
- Kitchen Space
- Dock, Warehouse & Storage (Dry, Cold, Frozen)
- Office
- Conference/Classroom Space
- Welfare, Toilet + Support Spaces (Mech/Techn)
30,000.00
Private Space @30,000 square feet to support ind. needs:
- Production Space (MFG)
- Kitchen Space
- Dock, Warehouse & Storage (Dry, Cold, Frozen)
- Office
- Conference/Classroom Space
- Welfare, Toilet + Support Spaces (Mech/Techn)
30,000.00
Private Space @30,000 square feet to support ind. needs:
- Production Space (MFG)
- Kitchen Space
- Dock, Warehouse & Storage (Dry, Cold, Frozen)
- Office
- Conference/Classroom Space
- Welfare, Toilet + Support Spaces (Mech/Techn)
30,000.00
Individual Production
Spaces
Leasable white box production spaces which can be made either
public-facing (for retail/production use) or production only.
FF&E by tenant.
Have access to rest of facility spaces to support production.
# spaces: 0
0.00
# spaces: 4 (300 sq ft ea)
1,200.00
# spaces: 6 (300 sq ft ea)
1,800.00
Retail Spaces
Public facing pop-up, short-term, or long-term lease spaces to
be built out by tenant.
# spaces/stalls: 3 x (250 sq ft ea)
750.00
(SAME)
750.00
# spaces/stalls: 6 x (250 sq ft ea)
1,500.00
Event/Mulit-Use Space
Convertible, multi-functional event space for all uses:
- Conference Room
- Classroom
- Welfare/Gathering Space
- Event Space
- User/Client Meeting Spaces (Small Pod)
500.00
(double space value)
1,000.00
(triple space value)
1,500.00
Office Space
Private Office Spaces
# of spaces: 0
0.00
# of spaces: 4 (300 sq ft ea)
1,200.00
# of spaces: 6 (300 sq ft ea)
1,800.00
TOTALS 37,250.00 45,350.00 51,800.00
*Example (S, M, L) models are built upon the combination of all components of similiar sizing - however, a hybrid model reflective of multi-sized components can be built.
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS (MODEL S, M, L)
140
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 168 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
Component Fare Start Resources Public Resources FS ELEMENTS
SQ FT (MIN)
PUBLIC
ELEMENTS
SQ FT (MIN)
TOTAL
Commercial Kitchen Production Kitchen for food access volume
production and co-packing
Per Matt (estimates)
Prepared Meals Production:
@2 million ready to eat meals per year (48 hour
holding)
@ 1 million frozen meals per year (2 weeks of
inventory holding)
Processed Food (2 sizes on a packing line):
@2 million pounds of food per year (1 week of
inventory holding)
Space sizing assumptions:
= @200,000 #of processed food per month
(transitting the space with 1 week of overlappting
inventory holding); 38-40,000 # of production per
week; 8,000 # of production per day
= 200,000 RTE meals/month; @40,000 RTE
meals/week; @8-10,000 RTE meals/day (5 days
production)
= 80,000 FR meals/month; @20,000 FR
meals/week; @4-5,000 FR meals/day (5 days
production)
= @200 pallets transitting the space (incoming
product + outgoing product, with 1-2 weeks of high
volume inventory holding across productions)
= DAILY production capacity:
8,000 # of PRO Food/ 10,000 RTE meals / 5,000
FR meals (based on 5 days of production)
Production Assumptions:
= 40 pp minimum to meet meal needs in production
daily
= 10 pp minimum to meet processed food needs in
production daily
= assuming 10 sq ft space minimum needs per
person (5,000 sq ft for min spacing for people)
Equipment Assumptions:
- High volume processing (processed food)
- High batch volume with integrated pumps for
distribution/filling/cooling
- Large batch roll-in heat lines
- Assuming 30-40 feet of hood line (ansel and/or
steam based hood lines)
Hot line stations:
2 set-ups/"pods": @10-12 foot of hood line per station 25 x 25 support area) =
625 sq ft
Cold Prep stations:
2 set ups/"pods": 350 sq ft
Value Add Veg Processing:
= 100 sq ft
Small Demo Kitchen Space (Public Facing) with A/V technology supports:
= 400 sq ft
Shared Scullery (2 staff people, shared with FS) + Equip/Small Ware Storage:
= (15x15) 225 sq ft
Growth Space (add additional hot line equipment equal to @1 pod + scullery
space):
= 15x15 min = 225 sq ft + 100 sq ft = 325
8,000.00 2,025.00 10,025.00
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS (HYBRID MODEL)
141
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 169 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
Production Space
(Small Manufacturing)
Production space to support volume supports
- IQF (20-30 ft length max)
- Packaging line(s) (15-20 ft length max)
- All finihsing of product in this space
Staff assumptions:
- out of above data, assuming 10-12 production
staff focusing on finishing and packaging for meals
- out of above data, assuming 3-4 production staff
focused on shock/cool/package for processed food
Food safe production space with access to mechanized lines (shared):
Some combination of 2-3 lines below (not HPP in initialization):
- Separate Dry packaging area with Rollbar packing line: 500 sq ft
- Blancher/Dunker, Liquid Fill from Kettle: 300 sq ft
- Bottling Line (Single Run): 500 sq ft
- Canning Retort or Pasteurizer: 250 sq ft
- Dehydrator (large closet): 250 sq ft
- Basic wet fill line: 500 sq ft
- Basic Bar or Powder fill/shape line: 500 sq ft
- HPP: 10,000 sq ft (+ floor reinforcement)
Growth space (add additional lines or support space): 1,000 sq ft
5,000.00 3,300.00 8,300.00
Hub/Warehouse Space
Loading Docks:
- 2 dock bays with levelers to accomodate all truck
types: (12' center for dock/leveler x 2) 25 x 25 ft
depth min space = 625 sq ft
- street level dock bay for vans and related (no
leveler) = 150 sq ft
Warehouse Storage space with pallet based
racking:
- @200 pallets transiting into/holding or out of
space/month = @13 sq ft per pallet (40x48 average
size)
- assuming some pallets will transition into storage
spaces (@100 pallets per month)
- warehouse has to be able to support holding of
@100 pallets/month = 1300 sq ft minimum
- running pallet racking in 10' lengths (1 deep, 3
pallets wide, max 2 pallets high) = 17-20 sections
holding minimum = each unit @50 sq ft = 1,000
- buffer for turning and transit = 1500 sq ft
- storage space for equipment = 500 sq ft
Additional Designated Warehouse Storage Space:
- 2 span of pallet racking (18 pallets holding) = 1000 sq ft
Growth space (2 spans) = 1000 sq ft
3,775.00 2,000.00 5,775.00
Storage Space(s)
Dry, Cold & Frozen Storage Space (Pallet/Shelf) to
support operational needs:
- Assuming @100 pallets of material holding at any
one time across all spaces
- 80 Dry
- 80 Cold
- 70 Frozen
Dry = 1000 sq ft min + racking and turn space =
2200
Cold = same
Frozen = same
Additional designated space (in process or finished product):
- Shelving + Private Cages for individual company use
- LImited pallet holding (1 rack each space)
- Dry: 1,000
- Cold: 1,500
- Frozen 1,000
Growth space: 2500 additional sq ft
6,600.00 6,000.00 12,600.00
Individual Production
Spaces
N/A (all amongst shared facility spaces)Wel 0.00 5,000.00 5,000.00
Retail Spaces
N/A Public facing pop-up, short-term, or long-term lease spaces to be built out by
tenant.
# spaces/stalls: 3 x (250 sq ft ea)
*NO growth space built into this component.
0.00 750.00 750.00
Event/Mulit-Use Space
Shared Access to multi-function event space with:
- 1 x shared conference room (12 pp, 150 sq ft)
- 1 x shared welfare/gathering space (20 pp, 400
sq ft)
Convertible, multi-functional event space for all uses:
- Conference Room (at left)
- Welfare/Gathering Space (at left)
- Classroom/Event Space (500 sq ft - 1,200 sq ft)
- User/Client Meeting Spaces (Small Pods x 2 = 300 sq ft)
0.00 2,350.00 2,350.00
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS (HYBRID MODEL, cont.)
142
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 170 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
Office Space Private Office Space x 4 units (120 sq ft ea)
+ shared co-use space
Shared Co-Use Space (40 sq feet per person = 12-15 desks, 500 sq ft)
Support Spaces (copy, etc..) (400 sq ft)480.00 900.00 1,380.00
Support Spaces
N/A (all amongst shared facility spaces)Toilets (# of stalls dictated by code) = minimum 800 sq ft per set (2 sets min)
Technolgy/Electric Room
Janitorial Space
Mechanical Room
Elevator/Stairs/Transit Corridors
0.00 4,050.00 4,050.00
TOTALS 23,855.00 26,375.00 50,230.00
Outdoor Support
Spaces
Parking = (# cars TBD)
= staff./students = if 50 pp required for production
daily = 75% assumed driving = 38 min cars +
support staff = @40 cars
= program vans. (TBD)
Truck Assumptions:
- 200 pallets/month transiting the space
- each truck (53' truck) = holds @26 pallets per
delivery
= 7 minimum delivery (full freight)
= likely assumption (half or partial delivery) = @20-
25 trucks/month (@1-3 trucks per day, 5 days of
production)
Truck pull-through (off hour unloading) - TBD
Truck turnaround (dock access) - full size turn
radius (all trucks)
Garbage, Recycling, External Compactors
(garbage, cardboard)
Composter (outside)
External Generator (Support storage)
Other (TBD): biodigester, green energy sources
Parking Assumptions:
- if all building spaces being used at capacity = @120-125 people in the building
at the same time; = 80% assumed driving = 100 cars (over a 12+ hour
production cycle) = min 50-60 cars on property at any one point
Truck Assumptions:
- if all production spaces + kitchen spaces being used = @18 spaces
(companies using space at same time) = assumes each gets 1-2 pallets of
product incoming/outgoing or supporting goods = 35+ pallets transiting space at
any given work shift (day) = 2 trucks per day minimum
square footage
(TBD)
square footage
(TBD)
square footage
(TBD)
APPENDIX 5: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN – OPERATING WORKBOOK EXCERPTS (HYBRID MODEL, cont.)
143
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 171 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley
144
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (SYNOPSIS)
The following comparable industry models were studied as a part of the feasibility analysis and provided
to the advisory committee and stakeholders during various presentations between October and
November 2021.
Table 84: Feasibility Study Case Study Overview
Case Study Location Project Relevance (Summary)
Cred Made/ Chicago
CRED
Chicago, IL ●30,000 square foot production/manufacturing
facility with similar workforce and business scale
mission goals.
West Michigan
F.A.R.M.
Muskegon, MI ●8,000 square foot co-pack and agricultural
processing center designed in partnership with
local community college to support economic
development and business growth.
La Cocina
Marketplace &
Incubator
San Francisco, CA ●Approximately 10,000 square foot (combined) two
facility development supporting volume kitchen
space and retail/event space; shared diverse
community focus and goals.
The REDD Portland
(East & West)
Portland, OR ●Approximately 76,000 square foot (combined) two
facility development supporting a local product
food hub, independent production spaces, kitchen
space, and event/public gathering space.
Each case study is illustrated in the following pages.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 172 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
CASE STUDY: CREDMADE
145
At A Glance
Location:Chicago
Size:30,000 square feet
Website: credmade.com
Areas of focus:
•Co-Packer
•Job training
•Economic development
•Violence Prevention
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 173 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
CASE STUDY: CREDMADE
146
Year Built 2019 (Chicago CRED was founded in 2016)
Structure CREDMADE is a public benefit corporation (supports parent company Chicago
CRED, a nonprofit)
Build Budget --
Components Co-Packer • Two loading docks and drive -in bay • High-Speed packaging • Manual
packing and kitting • Customer service area
Services Job training • Job placement/Workforce partnerships • Individual coaching &
counseling
Notables
Focus on men who live in Chicago neighborhoods that have suffered from
disinvestment • Employees are provided with wrap-around services and full
benefits
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 174 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
CASE STUDY: “FARM” (FOOD, AGRICULTURE, RESEARCH, MANUFACTURING)
147
Location:Muskegon, MI
Size:8,000 square feet
Website: westmichfoodprocessingassn.com/farm
Areas of focus: Accelerator and business development center; Economic development
At A Glance
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 175 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
CASE STUDY: THE “FARM”
148
Year Built Started in 2020 and completed in 2021
Structure An entity of West Michigan Shoreline Food Processing Association (currently
looking for an operator)
Build Budget $2 million
Components Flexible manufacturing space • loading docks • refrigeration/freezers • energy
efficient • waste and water handling • MSU mobile processing unit hook up
Services (intended) Training and research in partnership with Michigan State University’s
(MSU) and Muskegon Community College • Career pipeline for college students •
Test manufacturing of new products
Notables Located on the Muskegon Community College campus • Affiliated with MSU food
processing certificate and degree programs
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 176 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
At A Glance
Location:San Francisco
Size: Shared Kitchen (2,200 sq feet)
Marketplace (7,000 sq feet)
Website: www.lacocinasf.org
Areas of focus:
•Entrepreneurship and culinary
incubation
•Restaurant incubation
•Women employment
LA COCINA + MARKETPLACE
149
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 177 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
LA COCINA + MARKETPLACE
150
Year Built Marketplace opened in April 2021 (five year process)
Structure Nonprofit
Build Budget $6.8 Million
Components Food Hall • Commercial Kitchen • Cold, Frozen, Dry Storage
Services Incubator Program • Commercial kitchen rentals for licensed
businesses/nonprofits • Food hall for restaurant concepts and public eating area
Notables Focus on minority women
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 178 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
At A Glance
Location:Portland, OR
Size: 76,000 square feet (2 buildings)
Website: www.reddonsalmon.com
Areas of focus:
•Economic development
•Farm to table
•Food infrastructure
•Regional food systems
THE REDD
151
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 179 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
THE REDD
152
Year Built Initiated in 2015; opened in 2019
Structure Nonprofit, project of EcoTrust, a Portland-based non-profit organization
Build Budget $25 million
Components Redd West-Working Hub that provides warehousing, storage, distribution,
logistics, processing, and business development support. Core community
members include a plant-based commercial kitchen, a purveyor of pasture-based
and wild meat and seafood, partners in growing the next generation of food
system leaders, and bike-based distribution, warehousing, and cold-storage
services.
Redd East-Venue/event space including a board room, commercial kitchen, main
hall, and outdoor plaza. Space is used for private rentals and community events
(including farmer’s markets).
Notables Back-of-house support for socially conscious food businesses, and a world-class
event center focused on spreading the ideas of the good food movement.
APPENDIX 6: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (cont.)
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 180 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 :
NDATEDRAWNAPPROVED1NMNMA0.1ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, NTSArchitecture | Interior Design3028 N. Hoyne Ave| Chicago IL 60618(414) 736-1131 www.bnmodesign.comPROJECT NUMBERISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEWKING.001NEW CONSTRUCTION11/18/202111/18/2021KENT TRANSIT STATIONOPTION 1APPENDIX 7: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - FACILITY DIAGRAMS (Version 1 - Sound Transit Site Single Building)1535.C.aPacket Pg. 181Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
NDATEDRAWNAPPROVED1NMNMA0.1ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, NTSArchitecture | Interior Design3028 N. Hoyne Ave| Chicago IL 60618(414) 736-1131 www.bnmodesign.comPROJECT NUMBERISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEWKING.001NEW CONSTRUCTION11/18/202111/18/2021KENT TRANSIT STATIONOPTION 2APPENDIX 7: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - FACILITY DIAGRAMS (Version 2 - Sound Transit Site Split Building)1545.C.aPacket Pg. 182Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
NDATEDRAWNAPPROVED1NMNMA0.1ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, SCALE 164"=1'Architecture | Interior Design3028 N. Hoyne Ave| Chicago IL 60618(414) 736-1131 www.bnmodesign.comPROJECT NUMBERISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEWKING.001NEW CONSTRUCTION11/18/202111/18/2021NADEN SITE1 STORIES OPTIONAPPENDIX 7: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND FACILITY DESIGN - FACILITY DIAGRAMS (Version 3 - Naden Avenue Site)1555.C.aPacket Pg. 183Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
156
APPENDIX 8: WORKS CITED
Connley, Courtney. 2020. Black and Latinx founders have received just 2.6% of VC funding so far in
2020, according to new report. CNBC. [Online] October 2020. https://www.cnbc.com/2020/10/07/black-
and-latinx-founders-have-received-just-2point6percent-of-vc-funding-in-2020-so-far.html
Eat Local First. WA Food and Farm Finder. [Online] 2021. https://eatlocalfirst.org/wa-food-farm-finder/
Fairman, Heather. 2018. Co-Packers: ‘5 golden rules’ to stay competitive and profitable. Natural
Products Insider. [Online] March, 2018. https://www.naturalproductsinsider.com/contract -
manufacturing/co-packers-5-golden-rules-stay-competitive-and-profitable.
Feeding America. 2019. Food Insecurity In Washington. [Online] 2019.
https://map.feedingamerica.org/county/2019/overall/washington.
Kent Valley Economic Department. Why Kent Valley. [Online] https://www.kentvalleywa.com/why-
kent-valley/.
King County. 2020. Local Food Initiative Annual Report. [Online] https://your.kingcounty.gov/dnrp/local-
food/documents/2020-LFI-Annual-Report.pdf.
New Venture Advisors. Local Food MarketSizer. NVA. [Online]
https://toolsite.newventureadvisors.net/login.
Puget Sound Business Journal. 2021. Study: Here's Where King County Ranks Among the Best Places for
Small Businesses. [Online] 2021. https://www.bizjournals.com/seattle/news/2021/04/04/king-county-
ranked-wa-for-small-businesses.html
US Census Bureau. Quick Facts Estimates; 2015-2019 American Community Survey Estimates.
—. 2019. US Census for Accommodations & Food Services. [Online] 2021.
https://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/lsddcb
USDA. 2017. Ag Census: 2017 Census of Agriculture. USDA National Agriculture Statistics Service.
[Online] 2017.
https://www.nass.usda.gov/Publications/AgCensus/2017/Full_Report/Census_by_State/Washington/in
dex.php..
—. 2019. Food Access Environment. Economic Research Service. [Online]
https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/food-access-research-atlas/.
United Way. 2018. United for ALICE. [Online] https://www.unitedforalice.org/county -
profiles/washington.
Washington State Department of Agriculture. Regulations for Food Processing: Cottage Food Permit.
[Online] https://cms.agr.wa.gov/WSDAKentico/Documents/DO/RM/RM/24_CottageFoodPermit.pdf
—. 2019. Handbook for Small and Direct Marketing Farms. [Online]
https://agr.wa.gov/departments/business-and-marketing-support/small-farm/the-green-
book/regulations-for-food-processing.
—. Food Purchasing Resources. [Online] https://agr.wa.gov/services/food-access/hunger-relief-
resources/food-purchasing
Washington State Farmers Market Association. King County Farmers Market reports 2018-2020.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 184 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
157
Washington State Employment Security Department. Labor Area Summaries. [Online]
https://esd.wa.gov/labormarketinfo/labor-area-summaries.
Zwilling, Martin. 2013. 10 Ways for Start-Ups to Survive Valley of Death. Forbes. [Online] February 2013.
https://www.forbes.com/sites/martinzwilling/2013/02/18/10-ways-for-startups-to-survive-the-valley-
of-death/?sh=4cc37c1669ef al.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 185 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
158
APPENDIX 9: TEAM BIOS
Kathy Nyquist
FOUNDER AND PRINCIPAL NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
In 2009, Kathy founded NVA to bring entrepreneurial momentum to the emerging sustainable food
industry. Her work has led to numerous assessments, business launches, speaking engagements and
publications focused on the rebuilding of local food systems.
Kathy has served as a board member and advisor to numerous organizations including the Good Food
Accelerator which offers training and mentorship to emerging food entrepreneurs; Garfield Produce, a
hydroponic farm producing microgreens and herbs for Chicago-area chefs and providing jobs for those
affected by poverty in the East Garfield Park neighborhood; and the Food Hub Management Program, a
certificate program offered by the University of Vermont.
Kathy has over 20 years of marketing and strategic leadership experience with Fortune 100 companies.
She served on the leadership team for a $5 billion product portfolio at Kraft Foods. She previously
managed accounts at Leo Burnett and Young & Rubicam, then the nation’s largest advertising agencies,
developing national campaigns for clients such as Coca-Cola, Keebler, Frito-Lay and Miller Brewing.
A graduate from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, Kathy earned an MBA with honors
and the Dean’s Award for Strategy for achieving the highest academic record in Strategic Management.
She also holds a BS in economics from Bradley University.
Andrea Carbine
SR. PROJECT MANAGER NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
Andrea is a restauranteur, entrepreneur, and decorated chef with a background in sustainable practices.
For her work in the kitchen and in her own ventures, she has been recognized with two James Beard
nominations, a Local Hero award, and a Women of Excellence Award for Entrepreneurship. During her
culinary career, she has launched, operated, scaled, and sold her own entrepreneurial ventures.
She served as General Manager at Pilotworks, a culinary co-working space that gives food makers
commercial kitchen space, mentorship, and the tools needed to build, scale, and develop their
businesses. There she held the operational lead role for the launch of a 40,000 square foot facility after
a $1.4+ million buildout including construction project management and budget restructure, P&L
development for an aggressive 6-month ramp to utilization, and kitchen model standardization for all
national units with a re-structured pricing model that was more responsive to local markets. Andrea also
co-founded the Front Burner Foundation to address systemic issues in the food and hospitality
industries, tackling culinary education reform, job training and development , financial literacy, and
larger food system change.
These experiences make Andrea an exceptional strategist and consultant to young food businesses and
creative entrepreneurs as they scale and develop. Today she consults with New Venture Advisors in
developing food resources in communities, helping to design operating models and programs that are
tailored to the vision and unique needs of our clients.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 186 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
159
Caroline Myran
PROJECT MANAGER NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
Caroline is a food system professional, a farmer, and a specialist in local food procurement. Before
joining New Venture Advisors, she spent eight years in nonprofit communications, media relations, and
fundraising for mission driven organizations and international NGOs. She has worked in rural Montana
to develop farm to school programs that address food insecurity and food access.
Caroline has a master’s degree in Sustainability Science with a concentration in Sustainable Agriculture
and Food Systems from the University of Massachusetts Amherst where her graduate work focused on
connecting local producers to wholesale markets in traditionally underserved communities. She has
worked on farms from Vermont to Montana and most recently work for ripe.io, an ag -tech start-up
company building the blockchain of food. Caroline has a B.A. in Environmental Policy from Barnard
College.
Robert Clemens
FINANCIAL SPECIALIST NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
For 15 years Robert has provided M&A advisory, investment banking and restructuring services to a
diversified range of firms across manufacturing and service industries. Today Robert specializes in
operational and financial improvement initiatives working directly with private equity firms, portfolio
companies, and independent businesses to provide financial planning and analysis consulting, assess
operational and internal efficiencies, and institute business lifecycle navigation planning.
He brings this experience to New Venture Advisors as Financial Specialist, developing financial forecasts
and analytical models that provide in-depth and thoughtful decision-making solutions. Delivering these
findings to our clients is a role he greatly enjoys. Robert has an MBA from The University of Chicago
Booth School of Business and a B.S. in Finance from Indiana University Kelley School of Business.
Sheree Goertzen
RESEARCH ANALYST NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
In addition to conducting research and writing for New Venture Advisors, Sheree is a grant writing and
development strategy specialist for nonprofits. She spent over 12 years providing public social services
to youth and families and coordinating community development projects. She built partnerships
between government, nonprofit and private sectors to bring investment to an under- resourced
neighborhood. She has a M.S. in Urban Studies from the University of Nebraska-Omaha School of Public
Administration.
Julia Larouche
RESEARCH ANALYST NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
Julia is trained as an environmental scientist, specializing in water resources. Prior to joining New
Venture Advisors, she spent nearly a decade in academia studying how climate change impacts water
quality and carbon dynamics in arctic streams in Alaska. She also taught Environmental Systems and
Societies as part of the International Baccalaureate program at The Montessori High School in northeast
Ohio.
Julia has a strong interest in sustainable food systems from various perspectives ranging from climate
change to social justice to community development. Julia is a Massachusetts native and holds a Ph.D.
and M.S. in Natural Resources from the University of Vermont and a B.A. in Chemistry from Assumption
College.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 187 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility
160
Negin Moayer, RA
DESIGN SPECIALIST NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
Negin Moayer is a licensed architect, design director and founder of BNMO Design + Development
where she focuses on neighborhood revitalization projects, communal public installations, and
architectural alterations to existing city housing to maintain the affordability and integrity of
neighborhoods and avoid gentrification. BNMO projects range from a small porch renovation for a
senior citizen who had difficulty navigating the City of Chicago permitting process, to a large community
center in the Woodlawn neighborhood of Chicago offering safe haven and guidance for purposeful lives.
Negin’s diverse education and work experience in the Middle E ast and North America allows her to
acknowledge the importance of the adaptation of the built environment to its contextual culture. She
has practiced this ideology throughout her work as a designer and planner at urban planning firms in
Tehran, large design firms in the United States, and as a practice owner in Chicago where she has lived
and worked since 2006.
As an immigrant herself, Negin works with refugee settlement organizations in Chicago offering
mentorship and resettlement assistance. Her perspectives on the impact of war, immigration and
foreign policy on the built environment have been published on several editorial pages. She holds a
Master of Architecture and Urban Planning from UW-Milwaukee and the University of Tehran.
Deb Wilkinson
OPERATIONS MANAGER NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
In addition to her role managing internal operations with New Venture Advisors, Deb serves as a
recruiter for the nation’s leading consulting firms. Currently at Accenture, she focuses on behavioral
interviews for experienced candidates globally. She previously oversaw operations and processes for the
U.S. recruiting team at Mercer and worked with all international locations to ensure global consistency
in recruiting processes and systems. Prior to that, Deb was back at Accenture/Andersen Consulting in
recruiting and consulting roles.
Deb graduated from Purdue University with a BS in Management. She later earned an Associate Degree
from Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts in Chicago, IL. This experience drove her to start a personal
chef delivery business in Chicago focusing on healthy foods for busy families.
Emmy Nyquist
RESEARCH ASSISTANT NEW VENTURE ADVISORS
Emmy is a sophomore at Grinnell College with a focus in psychology, economics, and mathemat ics. After
graduating, she plans to pursue an MBA or attend law school. As a Research Assistant at NVA, Emmy
compiles data for analysis, is mastering new software and technology platforms, and enjoys learning
about food systems and business consulting. In her free time Emmy likes to play sports, especially
basketball and volleyball, in which she lettered four years and continues to play in college.
5.C.a
Packet Pg. 188 Attachment: Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center FINAL REPORT (12.30.21) (2988 : Kent Valley Food Entrepreneurship Center Feasibility